B.Tech. APPLIED PETROLEUM ENGINEERING-UPSTREAM · 81,9(56,7< 2) 3(752/(80 (1(5*< 678',(6 362 7r...

169
UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES (ISO 9001:2008 Certified) B. TECH (APPLIED PETROLEUM ENGINEEIRNG-UP STREAM) (VERSION 5.01) w.e.f. 2017 _________________________________________________________________________________________ UPES Campus Tel : + 91-135-2776053/54 “Energy Acres” Fax: + 91-135-2776090 P.O Bidholi via Prem Nagar, Bidholi URL: www.upes.ac.in Dehradun – 248007 (Uttarakhand)

Transcript of B.Tech. APPLIED PETROLEUM ENGINEERING-UPSTREAM · 81,9(56,7< 2) 3(752/(80 (1(5*< 678',(6 362 7r...

Page 1: B.Tech. APPLIED PETROLEUM ENGINEERING-UPSTREAM · 81,9(56,7< 2) 3(752/(80 (1(5*< 678',(6 362 7r ohduq ydulrxv w\shv ri guloolqj uljv dqg lwv frpsrqhqwv vxfk dv srzhu v\vwhpv ioxlg

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES

(ISO 9001:2008 Certified)

B. TECH (APPLIED PETROLEUM ENGINEEIRNG-UP STREAM)

(VERSION 5.01)

w.e.f. 2017

_________________________________________________________________________________________

UPES Campus Tel : + 91-135-2776053/54 “Energy Acres” Fax: + 91-135-2776090 P.O Bidholi via Prem Nagar, Bidholi URL: www.upes.ac.in Dehradun – 248007 (Uttarakhand)

Page 2: B.Tech. APPLIED PETROLEUM ENGINEERING-UPSTREAM · 81,9(56,7< 2) 3(752/(80 (1(5*< 678',(6 362 7r ohduq ydulrxv w\shv ri guloolqj uljv dqg lwv frpsrqhqwv vxfk dv srzhu v\vwhpv ioxlg

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES

B.Tech. Applied Petroleum Engineering with specialization in Upstream 2017 SEMESTER I SEMESTER II

Subject Code Subject Credits Subject Code Subject Credits

MATH 1001 Mathematics I 4 MATH 1004 Mathematics II 4

PHYS 1001 Physics I 4 PHYS 1004 Physics II 4

HBOC 1001 Design Thinking 4 COMM 1001 English Communication 4

HSFS 1001 Environmental Studies 3 MECH 1001 Engineering Graphics 2

MECH 1002 Engineering Mechanics 3 PHYS 1003 Basic Electrical and Electronics 3

MEPD 1001 Workshop Technology 2 CSEG 1001 Computer Programming 3

CHEM 1001 Chemistry 4

PRACTICAL PRACTICAL PHYS 1101 Physics Lab I 1 PHYS 1104 Physics II Lab 1

MEPD 1101 Engineering Workshop Lab

1 ECEG 1103 Electrical and Electronics Lab 1

CHEM 1101 Chemistry Lab 1 CSEG 1101 Computer Programming Lab 1

TOTAL 27 TOTAL 23

SEMESTER III SEMESTER IV

Subject Code Subject Credits Subject Code Subject Credits

MATH 2001 Mathematics III 4 PEAU 2003 Drilling Hydraulics 4

PEAU 2001 Elements of Rig Component Design 4 MATH 2002 Applied Numerical Methods 4

PEAU 2002 Introduction to Petroleum Operation 3 PEGS 2002 Sedimentary & Petroleum Geology 3

MEPD 2002 Thermodynamics & Heat Engines 4

PEAU 2004 Drilling Engineering & Well Completion

4

PEGS 2001 Introductory Geology 3 PEGS 2003 Surveying 3

Open Elective I 3 Open Elective II 3

LNPS 1013 Venture Ideation 2

PRACTICAL PRACTICAL

MECH 2107 Fluid Mechanics Lab 1

MECH 2101 Material Testing Lab 1 PEGS 2103 Surveying Lab 1

PEGS 2101 Geology Lab I 1 PEGS 2102 Geology Lab II 1

TOTAL 23 TOTAL 26

SEMESTER V SEMESTER VI

Subject Code Subject Credits Subject Code Subject Credits

PEAU 3001 Production Engineering I 4 PEAU 3004 Production Engineering II 4

PEAU 3002 Reservoir Engineering I 4 PEAU 3005 Reservoir Engineering II 4

PEGS 3001 Petroleum Exploration - Geological & Geophysical Methods 4 PEAU 3006

Well Log Analysis & Well Testing 4

CHCE 3001 Natural Gas Engineering 3 PEAU 3007 Well Stimulation 3

PEAU 3003 GeoMechanics 3 CIVL 3001 Engineering Material 3

PRACTICAL PRACTICAL

PEAU 3101 Drilling Fluid & Cementation Lab 1 PROJ 3102 Minor Project II 3

PROJ 3101 Minor Project I 3 INDT 3101 Industrial Visit 1

Program Elective I 3 Program Elective II 3

Page 3: B.Tech. APPLIED PETROLEUM ENGINEERING-UPSTREAM · 81,9(56,7< 2) 3(752/(80 (1(5*< 678',(6 362 7r ohduq ydulrxv w\shv ri guloolqj uljv dqg lwv frpsrqhqwv vxfk dv srzhu v\vwhpv ioxlg

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES

TOTAL 25 TOTAL 25

PE- I PE - II

CHGS 3021 Drilling Process System Design & Optimization CHCE 3003

Oil and Gas Marketing and Resource Management

PEGS 3015 Unconventional Hydrocarbon exploitation PEAU 3010

Deep Sea Production System

CHCE 3002 Chemical Thermodynamics PEAU 3011 Well Intervention

PEAU 3013 Vibronics CHCE 3004 Heat Transfer Process

PEAU 3012 Electro Dynamics

SEMESTER VII

SEMESTER VIII

Subject Code Subject Credits Subject Code Subject Credits

PEAU 4001 Offshore Drilling & Production Operations 4

Open Elective III 3

PEAU 4002 Reservoir Modeling & Simulation

3 HSFS 4001

Health, Safety & Environment Management 2

PRACTICAL PRACTICAL

PEAU 4102

Reservoir & Production Engineering Lab 1 PROJ 4102

Major Project II 8

PROJ 4101 Major Project I 4 Program Elective IV 3

SIIB 4101 Summer Internship 2 Program Elective V 3

VIVA 4101 Comprehensive Viva 1

Program Elective III 3 TOTAL 18 TOTAL 19

PE- III PE - IV

PEAU 4010 Enhanced Oil Recovery

CHCE 4001 Petroleum Production System Design

PEAU 4011

Transportation and Marketing of Petroleum and Petroleum Products

CHCE 4002 Pipeline Transportation of Oil & Gas CHCE 4003 Thermodynamics

PEAU 4009 Coal Bed Methane Technology PE - V

MATH 4001 Computational Mathematics

CHCE 4004 Oil Field Asset Management

PEAU 4004 Production Logging

PEAU 4012 Developing LNG Production & Handling

Total Credits of B. Tech. Applied Petroleum Engineering with specialization in Upstream 2017 186

Page 4: B.Tech. APPLIED PETROLEUM ENGINEERING-UPSTREAM · 81,9(56,7< 2) 3(752/(80 (1(5*< 678',(6 362 7r ohduq ydulrxv w\shv ri guloolqj uljv dqg lwv frpsrqhqwv vxfk dv srzhu v\vwhpv ioxlg

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES

a. PROGRAM OUTCOMES (POs) and PROGRAM SPECIFIC OUTCOMES (PSOs) for APE-U:

B1. PROGRAM OUTCOMES (POs)

PO1: Engineering knowledge: Apply the knowledge of mathematics, science, engineering fundamentals, and an engineering specialization to the solution of complex engineering problems. PO2: Problem analysis: Identify, formulate, review research literature, and analyze complex engineering problems reaching substantiated conclusions using first principles of mathematics, natural sciences, and engineering sciences. PO3: Design/development of solutions: Design solutions for complex engineering problems and design system components or processes that meet the specified needs with appropriate consideration for the public health and safety, and the cultural, societal, and environmental considerations. PO4: Conduct investigations of complex problems: Use research-based knowledge and research methods including design of experiments, analysis and interpretation of data, and synthesis of the information to provide valid conclusions. PO5: Modern tool usage: Create, select, and apply appropriate techniques, resources, and modern engineering and IT tools including prediction and modeling to complex engineering activities with an understanding of the limitations. PO6: The engineer and society: Apply reasoning informed by the contextual knowledge to assess societal, health, safety, legal and cultural issues and the consequent responsibilities relevant to the professional engineering practice. PO7: Environment and sustainability: Understand the impact of the professional engineering solutions in societal and environmental contexts, demonstrate the knowledge of, and need for sustainable development. PO8: Ethics: Apply ethical principles and commit to professional ethics, responsibilities, and norms of the engineering practice. PO9: Individual and Teamwork: Function effectively as an individual, and as a member or leader in diverse teams, and in multidisciplinary settings. PO10: Communication: Communicate effectively on complex engineering activities with the engineering community and with society, such as, being able to comprehend and write effective reports and design documentation, make effective presentations, and give and receive clear instructions. PO11: Project management and finance: Demonstrate knowledge and understanding of the engineering and management principles and apply these to one’s own work, as a member and leader in a team, to manage projects and in multidisciplinary environments. PO12: Life-long learning: Recognize the need for, and have the preparation and ability to engage in independent and life-long learning in the broadest context of technological change. B2. Program Specific Outcomes (PSOs) PSO1. To learn various hydrocarbon exploration methods, hydrocarbon source and cap rock characterization techniques, field surveying and mapping the surface and sub-surface features to help finalize a pilot plan for exploration drilling.

Page 5: B.Tech. APPLIED PETROLEUM ENGINEERING-UPSTREAM · 81,9(56,7< 2) 3(752/(80 (1(5*< 678',(6 362 7r ohduq ydulrxv w\shv ri guloolqj uljv dqg lwv frpsrqhqwv vxfk dv srzhu v\vwhpv ioxlg

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES

PSO2. To learn various types of drilling rigs and its components such as power systems, fluid circulation systems, well control systems, well monitoring systems, rotary systems, hoisting, drill string assemblies, cementation, directional drilling, and the economics for finalizing a drilling plan. PSO3. To learn various reservoir-well completions, methods of lifting hydrocarbon and other wellbore fluids to the surface by reservoir energy and/or artificial means, maintain efficient well production, stimulate reservoir, and design surface facilities required for oil and gas separation and preliminary processing and transportation. PSO4. To characterize and model conventional and unconventional hydrocarbon reservoirs to estimate both the reserves and the production potential under natural and improved recovery methods for optimum development of a field

Page 6: B.Tech. APPLIED PETROLEUM ENGINEERING-UPSTREAM · 81,9(56,7< 2) 3(752/(80 (1(5*< 678',(6 362 7r ohduq ydulrxv w\shv ri guloolqj uljv dqg lwv frpsrqhqwv vxfk dv srzhu v\vwhpv ioxlg

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES

Page 7: B.Tech. APPLIED PETROLEUM ENGINEERING-UPSTREAM · 81,9(56,7< 2) 3(752/(80 (1(5*< 678',(6 362 7r ohduq ydulrxv w\shv ri guloolqj uljv dqg lwv frpsrqhqwv vxfk dv srzhu v\vwhpv ioxlg

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES

COURSE OBJECTIVES

1. To enable students to apply matrix theory in engineering problems.

2. To help the students understand the technique to expand functions of one and two variables

and to trace the curves.

3. To develop students’ skills to calculate the area, volume, mass, centroid and moments of

inertia of plane and solid regions using the principles of multiple integration.

4. To enable students to compute Fourier series of periodic functions.

COURSE OUTCOMES

On completion of this course, the students will be able to

CO1. Find the Eigen values, Eigen vectors and solution of system of linear algebraic equations using

the techniques of matrix theory.

CO2. Apply the principles of differentiation to the problems related to extreme values, curve tracing

and expansion of functions.

CO3. Calculate the area, volume, mass, centroid and moments of inertia of plane and solid regions

using the principles of multiple integration.

CO4. Compute the Fourier series representation of certain wave forms.

CATALOG DESCRIPTION

Mathematics is a necessary subject to a clear and complete understanding of virtually all

phenomena. It helps us to develop logical thinking and also to find the right way to solve problems.

This course covers Matrix theory, Differential calculus, Multiple integrals and Fourier series. This

course is designed in such a way that it enables the students to cope confidently with the

mathematics needed in their future subjects and the curriculum aims at developing student’s ability

to conceptualize, reason and to use mathematics to formulate and solve problems in their core

subjects. .

Course Content UNIT I: MATRICES: 9 LECTURE HOURS

Introduction: Revision of Prerequisites, Elementary Row and Column Transformations(Reduction of

a Matrices into Echelon and Normal form), Linear Dependence of Columns and Rows, Rank of a

MATH 1001 MATHEMATICS I L T P C

Version 3.0 3 1 0 4

Pre-requisites/Exposure Mathematics upto class XII

Co-requisites --

Page 8: B.Tech. APPLIED PETROLEUM ENGINEERING-UPSTREAM · 81,9(56,7< 2) 3(752/(80 (1(5*< 678',(6 362 7r ohduq ydulrxv w\shv ri guloolqj uljv dqg lwv frpsrqhqwv vxfk dv srzhu v\vwhpv ioxlg

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES

Matrix, Consistency of System of Linear Equations and its Solution, Characteristic Equation, Eigen

values and Eigenvectors, Applications of Cayley-Hamilton Theorem, Diagonalisation.

UNIT II: DIFFERENTIAL CALCULUS: 16 LECTURE HOURS

Higher order derivatives, Successive Differentiation, Leibnitz Theorem, Maclaurin's and Taylor’s

Theorem, Expansion of Functions of one variable, Partial Differentiation, Euler’s Theorem and its

Applications, Jacobian, Expansion of Functions of two variables, Extrema of Functions of two

variables, Asymptotes, Curve Tracing (Cartesian, Polar & Parametric Curves).

UNIT III: MULTIPLE INTEGRALS: 10 LECTURE HOURS

Double and Triple Integrals, Change of Order of Integration, Change of Variable, Beta and Gamma

Functions, Applications of I (Area, Volume, Center of Gravity & Moment of Inertia).

UNIT IV: FOURIER SERIES: 7 LECTURE HOURS

Introduction to Periodic Functions, Fourier Series Expansion of Functions of Period 2π, Change of

Interval, Half Range Sine and Cosine series.

Text Books 1. R. K. Jain and S. R. K. Iyengar, Advanced Engineering Mathematics, Narosa Publications.

ISBN: 9788184875607. 2. E. Kreyszig, Advanced Engineering Mathematics, Wiley Publications. ISBN: 9788126531356. 3. B. V. Ramana, Higher Engineering Mathematics, Tata McGraw Hill. ISBN: 9780071070089. Reference Books 1. M. D., Greenberg, Advanced Engineering Mathematics, Pearson Education, India.

ISBN: 9788177585469. 2. S. Narayan, Differential Calculus, Shyamlal Charitable Trust, New Delhi. ISBN: 9788121904711. 3. N. Piskunov, Differential and Integral Calculus, CBS, New Delhi, India. ISBN: 81-239-0493-2. 4. J. Stewart, Essential Calculus: Early Transcendentals, Cengage Learning India Pvt. Ltd. ISBN: 81-

315-0345-3. 5. D. G. Zill, Advanced Engineering Mathematics, Jones & Bartlett, India. ISBN: 9789384323271.

Modes of Evaluation: Class tests/Assignment/Tutorial Assessment/Written Examination Examination Scheme:

Components Tutorial/Faculty Assessment

Class Tests MSE ESE

Weightage (%) 15 15 20 50

Relationship between the Course Outcomes (COs) and Program Outcomes (POs)

Mapping between COs and POs

Page 9: B.Tech. APPLIED PETROLEUM ENGINEERING-UPSTREAM · 81,9(56,7< 2) 3(752/(80 (1(5*< 678',(6 362 7r ohduq ydulrxv w\shv ri guloolqj uljv dqg lwv frpsrqhqwv vxfk dv srzhu v\vwhpv ioxlg

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES

Course Code

Course Title PO1

PO2

PO3

PO4

PO5

PO6

PO7

PO8

PO9

PO10

PO11

PO12

PSO1

PSO2

PSO3

MATH 1001

Mathematics I 3 1 1 2 2

1=weakly mapped 2= moderately mapped 3=strongly mapped

Course Outcomes (COs) Mapped

Programme Outcomes

CO1 Find the Eigen values, Eigen vectors and solution of system of linear algebraic equations using the techniques of Matrix theory.

PO1, PO2 & PO5

CO2 Apply the principles of differentiation to the problems related to extreme values, curve tracing and expansion of functions.

PO1, PO2 & PO5

CO3 Calculate the area, volume, mass, centroid and moments of inertia of plane and solid regions using the principles of multiple integration.

PO1, PO2 & PO5

CO4 Compute the Fourier series representation of certain wave forms.

PO1, PO2 & PO5

Page 10: B.Tech. APPLIED PETROLEUM ENGINEERING-UPSTREAM · 81,9(56,7< 2) 3(752/(80 (1(5*< 678',(6 362 7r ohduq ydulrxv w\shv ri guloolqj uljv dqg lwv frpsrqhqwv vxfk dv srzhu v\vwhpv ioxlg

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES

COURSE OBJECTIVES

1. To help students to develop an insight of optics with deep understanding of LASERs and

Holography which are now revolutionizing modern technology in every which way.

2. To enable students develop an understanding of crystal structure and X-ray diffraction which

has widespread applications in material analysis and instrumentation.

3. To give the students a perspective to the electromagnetic theory and this has inherent

applications in signal transmission, electric circuit theory and limiting speeds of electronic

devices. This in itself is a prerequisite for solving many core engineering problems.

4. To enable students to acquire knowledge of the science of sound and vibrations and this

turns out a very important feature of building and machine design.

COURSE OUTCOMES

On completion of this course, the students will be able to

1. Understand the basic principle and working of lasers and its significance in holography and

optical fiber communication.

2. To comprehend the different types of crystal symmetries. The origin of X-rays and its

applications in crystallography.

3. To have a basic understanding of propagation characteristics of electromagnetic waves in

vacuum as well as in materials systems.

4. Understanding of the fundamental of acoustics to understand its real life applications.

CATALOG DESCRIPTION

Physics is the backbone of every engineering stream. It inherently investigates to understand the

mysteries of nature and effectively involves in explaining all physical processes. The Physics I

curriculum provides direct coherence of concepts and applications which adhere to the need of

understanding engineering in a generic and dynamic manner. An introduction to optics

subsequently leads to the understanding of working of Lasers, Holography, Fiber optics

communication system and optical instrumentation. These topics are revolutionizing technology

nowadays. The study of crystal structure and X-ray diffraction is a prerequisite for material analysis

which is very vital in probing physical properties of elements and compounds. The understanding of

electromagnetic theory ultimately leads towards the conceptualizing the signal communication

PHYS 1001 Physics I L T P C

Version 3.0 3 1 0 4

Pre-requisites/Exposure 12th level Physics

Co-requisites 12th level Mathematics

Page 11: B.Tech. APPLIED PETROLEUM ENGINEERING-UPSTREAM · 81,9(56,7< 2) 3(752/(80 (1(5*< 678',(6 362 7r ohduq ydulrxv w\shv ri guloolqj uljv dqg lwv frpsrqhqwv vxfk dv srzhu v\vwhpv ioxlg

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES

techniques and also forms the basis of electric signal theory. This is indeed a prerequisite for any

technology under development. The study of acoustics is absolutely necessary to perceive and apply

the science of sound & vibrations in architectural design of buildings and investigation of material

properties.

Course Content UNIT I: LASER AND FIBER OPTICS: 12 LECTURE HOURS

Introduction to wave optics: Interference, Diffraction and Polarization

Laser: Spontaneous and Stimulated emission of radiation, Einstein’s A and B coefficients,

Population inversion & types of pumping, Properties of laser beam, Construction & working of Ruby

and Helium-Neon laser and their application, Elementary idea of holography; construction and

reconstruction of hologram

Optical Fiber: Fundamental ideas about optical fiber, Types of fibers, Acceptance angle and cone,

Numerical aperture, Propagation mechanism and communication in optical fiber

UNIT II: CRYSTAL STRUCTURE AND X-RAYS: 10 LECTURE HOURS

Unit cell, Bravais Lattices, crystallographic planes, Miller indices, inter planar distance in cubic

lattice, Calculation of number of atoms per unit cell, atomic radius, coordination number, packing

factor for SC, BCC, FCC and HCP structures.

Origin of X-rays, Continuous X-ray Spectra, Production of Characteristic X-Ray spectra, Moseley’s law,

X-ray diffraction and its applications in crystallography

UNIT III: ELECTROMAGNETIC WAVES AND PROPAGATION: 8 LECTURE HOURS

Displacement current, Maxwell’s correction in Ampere’s law, Maxwell’s Equations (Integral and

Differential Forms) and Equation of continuity, EM-Wave equation and its propagation

characteristics in free space and in conducting media, Poynting theorem and Poynting vectors.

UNIT IV: ACOUSTIC AND ULTRASONIC WAVES: 10 LECTURE HOURS

Characteristics of sound, Classification of sound, Weber-Fechner Law, Sabine’s reverberation

formula: rate of growth and decay of sound energy, Absorption coefficient and its determination,

factors affecting acoustic of buildings and their remedies.

Production of ultrasonic waves by magnetostriction and piezoelectric methods: acoustic grating,

Detection of ultrasonic waves, properties of ultrasonic waves, Non Destructive Testing: pulse echo

system through transmission and reflection modes: Applications

Text Books 1. Vasudeva A.S. (2013) Modern Engineering Physics, S. Chand. ISBN: 978-8121917575 2. Malik H.K., Singh A.K. (2010) Engineering Physics, Tata Mc Graw Hill Education Pvt Ltd. ISBN:

978-0070671539

Page 12: B.Tech. APPLIED PETROLEUM ENGINEERING-UPSTREAM · 81,9(56,7< 2) 3(752/(80 (1(5*< 678',(6 362 7r ohduq ydulrxv w\shv ri guloolqj uljv dqg lwv frpsrqhqwv vxfk dv srzhu v\vwhpv ioxlg

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES

3. Sadiku M.N.O. (2008) Elements of Electromagnets, Oxford University Press. ISBN: 978-0195692075 Reference Books 1. Griffiths D.J. (2012) Introduction to Electrodynamics, PHI Learning Pvt. Ltd. ISBN: 978-

8120347762. 2. Kittel C. (2012) Introduction to Solid State Physics, Willey. ISBN: 978-8126535187. 3. Ghatak A. (2012) Optics, McGraw Hill Education. ISBN: 978-1259004346. 4. Beiser A., Mahajan S. (2009) Modern Physics, McGraw Hill Education. ISBN: 978-0070151550 5. Pillai S.O. (2015) Solid State Physics, New Age International Pvt Ltd. ISBN: 978-8122436976 Modes of Evaluation: Quiz/Assignment/ presentation/ extempore/ Written Examination Examination Scheme:

Components CCT Tutorials/Assignments MSE ESE Weightage (%) 15 15 20 50

Relationship between the Course Outcomes (COs) and Program Outcomes (POs)

Course Code

Course Title

PO1

PO2

PO3

PO4

PO5

PO6

PO7

PO8

PO9

PO10

PO11

PO12

PSO1

PSO2

PSO3

PHYS 1001

Physics I 3 2

1

2 2

1=weakly mapped 2= moderately mapped 3=strongly mapped

Mapping between COs and POs

Course Outcomes (COs) Mapped

Programme Outcomes

CO1 Understand the working of lasers and its significance in holography and optical fiber communication.

PO1, PO2, PO12

CO2 To comprehend the different types of crystal symmetries. The origin of X-rays and its applications in crystallography.

PO1, PO2, PO12

CO3 To have a basic understanding of propagation characteristics of electromagnetic waves in vacuum as well as in materials systems.

PO1, PO2, PO12

CO4 Understanding of the fundamental of acoustics to understand its real life applications.

PO1, PO2, PO12

Page 13: B.Tech. APPLIED PETROLEUM ENGINEERING-UPSTREAM · 81,9(56,7< 2) 3(752/(80 (1(5*< 678',(6 362 7r ohduq ydulrxv w\shv ri guloolqj uljv dqg lwv frpsrqhqwv vxfk dv srzhu v\vwhpv ioxlg

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES

COURSE OBJECTIVES

1. Develop in the engineering student the ability to analyse any problem in a simple and

logical manner and to apply to its solution a few.

2. Analyze system of forces in statics.

3. Understand the effect of friction on various engineering applications.

4. Analyze the dynamics of a body under the action of various types of forces.

5. Compute the kinematics of connected bodies.

COURSE OUTCOMES

On completion of this course, the students will be able to

CO1. Apply basic engineering mechanics concepts.

CO2. Analyze static structures using good free-body diagrams and accurate equilibrium equations.

CO3. Analyze various types of loading and support conditions that act on structural systems.

CO4. Analyze the pin joint structure.

CO5. Understand the concepts of centroid and moments of Inertia.

CO6. Apply the concepts of friction in engineering problems.

CO7. Understand the laws of motion of particles

CATALOG DESCRIPTION

The course covers the fundamental background in the statics and dynamics of rigid bodies, with a

special emphasis on applications of laws of rigid body mechanics, as relevant to engineering

sciences in general and automotive engineering in particular. The course begins with a description

of basic laws of mechanics, resultant of system of forces and equilibrium of system. The aim is to

develop in the engineering student the ability to analyze any problem in a simple and logical

manner and to apply to its solution a few, well understood, basic principles. The application of

concepts of mechanics further is elaborated in analysis of pinned joint structure and dynamics of

bodies. Students will learn to understand the concepts of dealing problems with friction like belt,

wedge and ladder friction. The understanding of centre of gravity and moment of inertia and its

calculations are also explored in this course. Further, being a rigorous course on problem-solving, it

will acquaint students with engineering problem-solving approaches and the effective use of

commercial software packages to answer engineering questions.

MECH1002 Engineering Mechanics L T P C Version 3.0 3 0 0 3 Pre-requisites/Exposure Basic Knowledge of physics.

Basic Knowledge of Mathematics & trigonometry

Co-requisites --

Page 14: B.Tech. APPLIED PETROLEUM ENGINEERING-UPSTREAM · 81,9(56,7< 2) 3(752/(80 (1(5*< 678',(6 362 7r ohduq ydulrxv w\shv ri guloolqj uljv dqg lwv frpsrqhqwv vxfk dv srzhu v\vwhpv ioxlg

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES

Course Content UNIT I: RESULTANT AND EQUILIBRIUM OF COPLANAR FORCES 6 LECTURE HOURS

Basic Concept and Principles of Mechanics, Types of force system, Composition and Resolution of

Forces, Moments, Couple, Varignon’s Theorem, Equivalent Force System ,Type of body constraints,

structural loads & supports , Free body diagrams, Condition of Equilibrium, Resultant and

Equilibrium of Co-planner forces. Support reaction of simple & compound beams, Principle of

virtual work

UNIT II: CENTROID & MOMENT OF INERTIA 6 LECTURE HOURS

Introduction, Centroid and Moment of Inertia of composite plane figures

UNIT III: PIN-JOINTED STRUCTURE 6 LECTURE HOURS

Introduction, perfect & imperfect frame, analysis of perfect frame by method of joint, method of

section and graphical method

UNIT IV: FRICTION & LIFTING MACHINE 6 LECTURE HOURS

Introduction, Law of friction, simple contact friction on horizontal and inclined plane, Screw and Nut

friction, Ladder, belt and wedge friction, Friction in journal collar bearings, Lifting Machines.

UNIT V: KINEMATICS 6 LECTURE HOURS

Kinematics of Particle in Cartesian, polar and path co-ordinates, under uniform and non-uniform

acceleration, Motion under gravity, Projectile Motion, Rotational motion

Kinematics of rigid bodies in two and three dimension, Instantaneous center of rotation

UNIT VI: KINETICS 6 LECTURE HOURS

Kinetics of Particle, Motion under constant force, Momentum and Energy principles, D-Alembert’s

principle, Impulses and angular momentum, Motion under constant torque, Collision of Elastic

bodies. Kinetics of general plane motion of body

Text Books:

1. Tayal, A. K. “Engineering Mechanics Statics and Dynamics” 14th Edition, UmeshPublications 2. Bhavikatti, S. S. (2008) “Engineering Mechanics” New Age International (P) Limited,

Publishers. Reference Books:

1. Timoshenko, S., Young, D. H. and Rao, J. V. (2007) “Engineering Mechanics” Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Company Limited, New Delhi

2. Beer, F. P., Johnston, E. R., Mazurek, D. F., Cornwell, P. J., Eisenberg, E. R. and Sanghi, S. (2011) “Vector Mechanics for Engineers: Statics and Dynamics” 9th Edition, Tata McGraw Hill Education Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi

3. Shames, I. H. and Rao, G. K. M. (2006) “Engineering Mechanics: Statics and Dynamics” 4th Edition, Pearson Education Inc.

Modes of Evaluation: Quiz/Assignment/ presentation/ extempore/ Written Examination Examination Scheme:

Page 15: B.Tech. APPLIED PETROLEUM ENGINEERING-UPSTREAM · 81,9(56,7< 2) 3(752/(80 (1(5*< 678',(6 362 7r ohduq ydulrxv w\shv ri guloolqj uljv dqg lwv frpsrqhqwv vxfk dv srzhu v\vwhpv ioxlg

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES

Components Internal Assessment MSE ESE

Weightage (%) 30 20 50

Relationship between the Course Outcomes (COs) and Program Outcomes (POs)

1=Weakly mapped 2=Moderately mapped 3=Strongly mapped

Mapping between COs and POs

Course Outcomes (COs) Mapped Programme

Outcomes

CO1 Apply basic engineering mechanics concepts. PO1, PO2,PO3, PO5,PO8, PO11

CO2 Analyze static structures using good free-body diagrams and accurate equilibrium equations. PO1, PO2,PO3, PO5,PO8, PO11

CO3 Analyze various types of loading and support conditions that act on structural systems. PO1, PO2,PO3, PO5,PO8, PO11

CO4 Analyze the pin joint structure. PO1, PO2,PO3, PO4,PO5,PO8, PO9,PO11

CO5 Understand the concepts of centroid and moments of Inertia.

PO1, PO2,PO3, PO5,PO8, PO9,PO10,PO11

CO6 Apply the concepts of friction in engineering problems. PO1, PO2,PO3, PO5,PO8,

CO7 Understand the laws of motion of particles PO1, PO2,PO3, PO5,PO8,

Course Code Course Title

PO1

PO2

PO3

PO4

PO5

PO6

PO7

PO8

PO9

PO10

P O 11

P O 12

PS O 1

PS O 2

PS O 3

MECH1002

Engineering Mechanics

3 3 3 1 3 2 1 1 3 2 1

Page 16: B.Tech. APPLIED PETROLEUM ENGINEERING-UPSTREAM · 81,9(56,7< 2) 3(752/(80 (1(5*< 678',(6 362 7r ohduq ydulrxv w\shv ri guloolqj uljv dqg lwv frpsrqhqwv vxfk dv srzhu v\vwhpv ioxlg

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES

COURSE OBJECTIVES

1. This course aims at imparting knowledge and skill components in the field of basic

workshop technology

2. It deals with different hand and machine tools required for manufacturing simple metal

components and articles.

3. To impart the knowledge regarding the various basic manufacturing processes required in

day to day life.

4. To familiarize the students with the properties and selection of different engineering

material.

COURSE OUTCOMES

On completion of this course, the students will be able to

CO1. Identify the different materials according to their properties and application.

CO2. Select the suitable welding process for manufacturing of a component.

CO3. Apply knowledge of a suitable heat treatment process to improve the mechanical properties of

a component.

CO4. Understand the use of different types of tools used in Fitting shop, Carpentry Shop and sheet

metal process.

CO5. Learn the applications of Forging Process, Foundry Process & Machining Process.

CATALOG DESCRIPTION

Workshop technology is the backbone of the real industrial environment which helps to develop and

enhance relevant technical hand skills required by the engineers working in the various engineering

industries and workshops. This course intends to impart basic know-how of various hand tools and

their use in different sections of manufacturing. Irrespective of branch, the use of workshop

practices in day to day industrial as well domestic life helps to dissolve the problems. The workshop

experiences would help to build the understanding of the complexity of the industrial job, along with

time and skills requirements of the job. The students are advised to undergo each skill experience

with remembrance, understanding and application with special emphasis on attitude of enquiry to

know why and how for the various instructions and practices imparted to them in each shop.

MEPD 1001 Workshop Technology L T P C

Version 3.0 3 0 1 3

Pre-requisites/Exposure Basic Knowledge of physics, chemistry & Mathematics

Co-requisites --

Page 17: B.Tech. APPLIED PETROLEUM ENGINEERING-UPSTREAM · 81,9(56,7< 2) 3(752/(80 (1(5*< 678',(6 362 7r ohduq ydulrxv w\shv ri guloolqj uljv dqg lwv frpsrqhqwv vxfk dv srzhu v\vwhpv ioxlg

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES

Course Content UNIT I: ENGINEERING MATERIALS, ITS CLASSIFICATION 03 LECTURE HOURS

Fundamental learning about Metals/Non Metals, Ferrous and Non Ferrous, properties and Heat

Treatment

UNIT II: HOT AND COLD WORKING 03 LECTURE HOURS

Forging Shop, Introduction of Various Forging Operations; Drawing, Upsetting, Bending, Fullering,

Swaging and Flattening.

UNIT III: FOUNDRY SHOP 03 LECTURE HOURS

Introduction to Simple Pattern, Molding- Materials, Types, procedure of Mould preparation, use of

Cores, Melting Furnaces, Tools and Equipment used in Foundry. NDT of castings.

UNIT IV: WELDING SHOP 03 LECTURE HOURS

Introduction to Different Welding Methods, Welding Equipment, Electrodes, Welding Joints,

Awareness of Welding Defects. Gas/Electric Arc/Resistance & Special Types of wildings, Soldering

and Brazing.

UNIT V: FITTING SHOP 03 LECTURE HOURS

Description of Fitting Tools and their uses, i.e. Hammers, Chisels, Files, Vices, Drills, Taps, Dies &

Drilling machines.

UNIT VI: SHEET METAL SHOP 03 LECTURE HOURS

Knowledge of Tools and Equipment used in making of Sheet Metal Components and parts. Different

joining Techniques.

UNIT VIII: CARPENTRY SHOP 03 LECTURE HOURS

Introduction to various types of timber, Ply-wood and Particle Boards, Defects in Timber, Seasoning

of wood. Description and use of Carpenter’s Tools,

UNIT VII: MACHINE SHOP 03 LECTURE HOURS

Introduction to various parts of Lathe, Lathe Tools and Lathe Operations. Demonstration of Thread

Cutting, Drilling, Boring, Taper Turning and Knurling on the Lathe.

Text Books

1. Hajra Choudhury, S. K. and Hajra Choudhury, A. K. (2015) “Elements of Workshop Technology Vol 1& Vol 2” Media Promoters & Publishers Pvt Ltd.

2. Khurmi, R. S. and Gupta, J. K. (2010) “Workshop Technology” S Chand Publisher

Reference Books 1. Raghuvanshi, B. S. (2015) “Workshop Technology Vol I &II” –Dhanpat Rai &

Publications Pvt Ltd 2. Kalpakjian, S. (2014) “Manufacturing Engineering and Technology” Pearson Publisher

Modes of Evaluation: Quiz/Assignment/ presentation/ extempore/ Written Examination

Page 18: B.Tech. APPLIED PETROLEUM ENGINEERING-UPSTREAM · 81,9(56,7< 2) 3(752/(80 (1(5*< 678',(6 362 7r ohduq ydulrxv w\shv ri guloolqj uljv dqg lwv frpsrqhqwv vxfk dv srzhu v\vwhpv ioxlg

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES

Examination Scheme:

Components Internal Assessment MSE ESE Weightage (%) 30 20 50

Relationship between the Course Outcomes (COs) and Program Outcomes (POs)

1=Weakly mapped 2=Moderately mapped 3=Strongly mapped

Mapping between COs and POs

Course Outcomes (COs) Mapped Program

Outcomes

CO1 Identify the different materials according to their properties and application.

PO1 ,PO3 ,PO5

CO2 Select the suitable welding process for manufacturing of a component

PO1 ,PO5 ,PO3

CO3 Apply knowledge of a suitable heat treatment process to improve the mechanical properties of a component

PO1, PO5

CO4 Understand the use of different types of tools used in Fitting shop, Carpentry Shop and sheet metal process PO1, PO3, PO5

CO5 Learn the applications of Forging Process, Foundry Process & Machining Process

PO1, PO5, PO11

Course Code Course Title

PO1

PO2

PO3

PO4

PO5

PO6

PO7

PO8

PO9

PO10

P O 11

P O 12

PS O 1

PS O 2

PS O 3

MPED 1001

Workshop Technology

2 - 2 - 3 - - - 1 2 2 3

Page 19: B.Tech. APPLIED PETROLEUM ENGINEERING-UPSTREAM · 81,9(56,7< 2) 3(752/(80 (1(5*< 678',(6 362 7r ohduq ydulrxv w\shv ri guloolqj uljv dqg lwv frpsrqhqwv vxfk dv srzhu v\vwhpv ioxlg

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES

COURSE OBJECTIVES

Objectives of the course are:

1. To make students familiar with the fundamental concepts of chemistry.

2. To make the students understand the various basic chemical reactions, related calculations

and reasoning.

3. To prepare the students for studying advanced subjects with required knowledge of

chemistry.

COURSE OUTCOMES

On completion of this course, the students will be able to:

1. Select the appropriate fuel based on their selected properties like calorific value,

combustion properties etc.

2. Apply the concepts of reaction dynamics in deriving the mechanism of a chemical reaction.

3. Apply the concepts of electrochemical cells to prevent corrosion in daily life applications.

4. Explain the mechanism of general organic reactions.

5. Learn the preparation techniques and synthetic routes for polymeric and nanomaterials

respectively.

CATALOGUE DESCRIPTION

Chemistry is present everywhere around us. It is existing in everything we see, feel or imagine. It is

one of the very fundamental basics behind every structure, building, bridge, refinery and industry. In

this course, focus will be on firming the basic knowledge of students about chemistry. Students will

learn how to use the concepts correctly through prescribed syllabus. They will be taught various

types of fuels. Different processes used to improve the quality of fuels in refineries will also be

discussed. Combustion calculations related to oxygen or air required will help them to get an

effective fuel:O2 ratio to result in proper and complete combustion. Kinetics will help them to

understand the mechanism of reaction. This knowledge will make them able to control the factors

to move the reaction in desired direction. Corrosion is based on electrochemical cells. For any

engineer, it is quite mandatory to have an understanding to select the suitable metal and also the

methods to protect it from decaying. They will also be discussed about various types of polymers

and nanomaterials so that they can correlate their properties to their various application areas.

CHEM 1001 Chemistry L T P C

Version 3.0 3 2 0 4

Pre-requisites/Exposure 12th level Chemistry

Co-requisites --

Page 20: B.Tech. APPLIED PETROLEUM ENGINEERING-UPSTREAM · 81,9(56,7< 2) 3(752/(80 (1(5*< 678',(6 362 7r ohduq ydulrxv w\shv ri guloolqj uljv dqg lwv frpsrqhqwv vxfk dv srzhu v\vwhpv ioxlg

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES

Course delivery will be made by classroom teaching, Blackboard, presentations, videos and tutorial

classes.

Course Content UNIT I: FUELS & THERMOCHEMISTRY: 8 LECTURE HOURS

Prerequisite, Thermochemistry, Introduction, Classification of Important properties of a good Fuel,

calorific value, determination of calorific value by Bomb calorimeter, combustion and its

Calculations, analysis of coal sample by proximate and ultimate analysis, distillation of crude oil,

composition of petroleum, renewable energy sources like biodiesel, power alcohol, synthetic petrol

etc., Octane number, Cetane number, Isomerization, Dimerization, Aromatization, and cracking

UNIT II: REACTION DYNAMICS: 9 LECTURE HOURS

Prerequisite, Second (2A & A+B) and third (3A) order reaction, Effect of temperature on reaction

rate, Concept of activation energy and energy barrier, Collision theory, Methods of determining order

of a reaction, Lindamann Theory, Steady state and equilibrium approximation, Kinetics of complex

reactions-reversible and parallel reactions, Kinetics of consecutive and chain reaction. Kp, Kx, Kc

and interrelation between them for equilibrium, types of reaction, Homo and Heterogeneous types

of equilibrium reactions, numerical.

UNIT III: ELECTROCHEMISTRY AND CORROSION: 6 LECTURE HOURS

Prerequisite, Conductance and its types, Variation of conductance with dilution, Transport number,

Determination by Moving Boundary Method, Hittorf’s method and Application of Transport number

in Batteries, Application of electrochemistry in corrosion, Introduction, Factors affecting corrosion

types of Corrosion, Dry theory, Wet theory, Acid theory, prevention of corrosion.

UNIT IV: ORGANIC CHEMISTRY: 8 LECTURE HOURS

Prerequisite, Types of organic reactions, electrophilic addition on (>C=C bond) and nucleophilic

addition on (>C=O bond) reaction Elimination- E1 and E2, stereochemistry, Aliphatic nucleophilic

substitution- SN1 & SN2. Stereochemistry Elimination vs substitution, romatic Electrophilic,

substitution reaction with energy profile, Halogenation, Nitration, sulphonation and Friedel craft

reaction (comparison also), Mono and di substitute aromatic Substitution, Road map problem based

on organic reactions, Fischer-Troph’s synthesis and Synthesis gas.

UNIT V: POLYMERS: 6 LECTURE HOURS

Prerequisite, Classification, Copolymers, General properties, Types of Polymerization techniques –

Bulk and Solution types of polymerization techniques- Suspension and Emulsion. Mechanism and

kinetics of polymerization (Ionic and free radical) average molecular weight of polymers, Poly

dispersity index, Vulcanization, Biodegradable polymers, conducting polymers and plastic hazards

UNIT VI: NANOMATERIALS: 3 LECTURE HOURS

Page 21: B.Tech. APPLIED PETROLEUM ENGINEERING-UPSTREAM · 81,9(56,7< 2) 3(752/(80 (1(5*< 678',(6 362 7r ohduq ydulrxv w\shv ri guloolqj uljv dqg lwv frpsrqhqwv vxfk dv srzhu v\vwhpv ioxlg

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES

Introduction, Effect of size on important properties. Methods of preparation, Bragg’s Equation, BET

Surface area, XRD. Application of nano materials.

Text Books 1. Bapna, Renu, Engineering Chemistry - New Delhi MacMillan 2010 – 431,

ISBN:0230330762.

2. Text book of Engineering Chemistry, By: Chawla, Shashi, Book Publisher: Delhi: Dhanpat

Rai, 2014. ISBN 13: 123456755036.

3. Engineering Chemistry, By: Krishnamoorty, P, Publisher: New Delhi: McGraw Hill, 2012,

Edition: 1.ISBN: 9780071328753.

Reference Books 1. Encyclopedic dictionary of organic chemistry, By Milton, Jules K., Publisher: New

Delhi Pentagon Press 2004Description: 208p., ISBN: 818274167--X; 9788182741676.

2. Crude oil chemistry, By: Simanzhenkov, Vasily, Book Publisher: New York: Marcel

Dekker, 2003 Description: 409p.ISBN: 082474098.

3. Atkins' physical chemistry, By: Atkins, Peter, Paula, Julio De, Book Publisher: New

Delhi Oxford University Press 2014, Edition: 10th. ISBN: 9780198728726; 0198728727.

4. Essentials of Physical Chemistry by Bahl & Tuli, Publisher: S. Chand & Co., ISBN 13: 978-

8121929783.

5. Organic Chemistry for engineers, By: Mallick, Abhijit, Book Publisher: New Delhi: Viva

Books, 2012, ISBN: 9788130920580.

Modes of Evaluation: Quiz/Assignment/ Common Class Tests/ Tutorial classes/ Written Examination Scheme:

Components MSE I IA (30) ESE CCTs Tutorials/Assignment/ etc.

Weightage (%) 20 15 15 50

Relationship between the Course Outcomes (COs) and Program Outcomes (POs)

Mapping between COs and POs

Course Outcomes (COs) Mapped

Programme Outcomes

CO1 Select the appropriate fuel based on their selected properties like calorific value, combustion properties etc.. PO1,3

Page 22: B.Tech. APPLIED PETROLEUM ENGINEERING-UPSTREAM · 81,9(56,7< 2) 3(752/(80 (1(5*< 678',(6 362 7r ohduq ydulrxv w\shv ri guloolqj uljv dqg lwv frpsrqhqwv vxfk dv srzhu v\vwhpv ioxlg

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES

Course Code

Course Title

PO1

PO2

PO3

PO4

PO5

PO6

PO7

PO8

PO9

PO10

PO11

PO12

PSO1

PSO2

PSO3

CHEM 1001

Chemistry 2 1 2 1

1=weakly mapped 2= moderately mapped 3=strongly mapped

CO2 Apply the concepts of reaction dynamics in deriving the mechanism of a chemical reaction.

PO1,3

CO3 Apply the concepts of electrochemical cells to prevent corrosion in daily life applications.

PO1,3

CO4 Explain the mechanism of general organic reactions.

PO1

CO5 Use the polymeric and nanomaterials wisely in various fields as per their properties.

PO1,3

Page 23: B.Tech. APPLIED PETROLEUM ENGINEERING-UPSTREAM · 81,9(56,7< 2) 3(752/(80 (1(5*< 678',(6 362 7r ohduq ydulrxv w\shv ri guloolqj uljv dqg lwv frpsrqhqwv vxfk dv srzhu v\vwhpv ioxlg

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES

Page 24: B.Tech. APPLIED PETROLEUM ENGINEERING-UPSTREAM · 81,9(56,7< 2) 3(752/(80 (1(5*< 678',(6 362 7r ohduq ydulrxv w\shv ri guloolqj uljv dqg lwv frpsrqhqwv vxfk dv srzhu v\vwhpv ioxlg

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES

COURSE OBJECTIVES

1. To help the students to solve the differential equations.

2. To enable the students to understand the basic concepts of Laplace transforms

3. To enable the students to understand the basic knowledge of vector calculus.

4. To make the students to develop the basic knowledge of probability and statistics.

COURSE OUTCOMES

On completion of this course, the students will be able to

1. Solve the linear ordinary differential equations.

2. Apply Laplace transform for the solution of linear ordinary differential equations and

understand the basic properties of Fourier transform.

3. Apply vector calculus techniques to evaluate line, surface and volume integrals.

4. Interpret the engineering and scientific data using fundamental statistical techniques.

CATALOG DESCRIPTION

Mathematics is necessary subject to a clear and complete understanding of virtually all

phenomena. Its precision, depth, and generality support the development of critical thinking and

problem-solving skills. This course provides a detailed knowledge of various methods to solve

ordinary differential equations of constant as well as variable coefficients. This course also

introduces the study of Laplace transform of various important functions. The students will also get

insight into the solutions of boundary value problems using Laplace transform. In addition, this

course will introduce the calculus of vector valued functions. The evaluation of line, surface and

volume integrals has also been given in this course. The students will also get the basic knowledge

of probability and statistics which is useful in engineering.

Course Content UNIT I: ORDINARY DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS: 9 LECTURE HOURS

Linear Differential Equations with Constant Coefficients, Cauchy-Euler Differential Equations,

Solution of Second Order Differential Equations (when a part of complementary function is known,

by reduction to Normal Form, by changing the independent Variable and by Variation of Parameters)

UNIT II: INTEGRAL TRANSFORM: 11 LECTURE HOURS

MATH 1004 MATHEMATICS II L T P C

Version 3.0 3 1 0 4

Pre-requisites/Exposure Mathematics upto B.Tech 1st semester.

Co-requisites --

Page 25: B.Tech. APPLIED PETROLEUM ENGINEERING-UPSTREAM · 81,9(56,7< 2) 3(752/(80 (1(5*< 678',(6 362 7r ohduq ydulrxv w\shv ri guloolqj uljv dqg lwv frpsrqhqwv vxfk dv srzhu v\vwhpv ioxlg

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES

Laplace Transform, Unit Step Function and Dirac-Delta Function, Periodic Functions, Differentiation

and Integration of Laplace Transform, Inverse Laplace Transform, Convolution Theorem, and

Solution of Linear Differential Equations, Fourier Transform.

UNIT III: VECTORS: 9 LECTURE HOURS

Differentiation of vector valued functions and applications, Gradient, Divergence, Curl, and

Integration of vector valued functions: Line, Surface and Volume Integrals, Applications of Green’s,

Gauss divergence and Stokes Theorems.

UNIT V: STATISTICS: 13 LECTURE HOURS

Random Variable: Discrete and Continuous, Probability mass and Probability density Functions,

Moments, Skewness and Kurtosis, Moment Generating Functions and their properties, Binomial,

Poisson and Normal Distributions, Correlation: Karl-Pearson coefficient and Spearman Brown’s

Rank correlation, Linear Regression and Chi Square Test.

Text Books

1. Jain R. K., S. Iyengar, R. K. Advanced Engineering Mathematics, Narosa Publications. ISBN- 13: 978-1-84265-844-4.

2. Kreyszig, E. Advanced Engineering Mathematics, Wiley Publications. ISBN-13: 978-0-470-13649-2

3. Ramana, B. V. Higher Engineering Mathematics, Tata McGraw Hill. ISBN-13: 978-0070634190 Reference Books

1. Stewart, J. Essential Calculus Early Transcendental, Cengage Learning. ISBN-13: 9780495556206.

2. Jeffery, A. Advanced Engineering Mathematics, Academic Press. ISBN: 13: 9780080522968. 3. Greenberg, M. Advanced Engineering Mathematics, Pearson. ISBN-13: 978-0133214314.

Modes of Evaluation: Class tests/Assignment/Tutorial Assessment/Written Examination Examination Scheme:

Components Tutorial/Faculty Assessment

Class Tests MSE ESE

Weightage (%) 15 15 20 50

Relationship between the Course Outcomes (COs) and Program Outcomes (POs)

Mapping between COs and POs

Course Outcomes (COs) Mapped

Programme Outcomes

CO1 Solve the linear ordinary differential equations. PO1, PO2, PO5

Page 26: B.Tech. APPLIED PETROLEUM ENGINEERING-UPSTREAM · 81,9(56,7< 2) 3(752/(80 (1(5*< 678',(6 362 7r ohduq ydulrxv w\shv ri guloolqj uljv dqg lwv frpsrqhqwv vxfk dv srzhu v\vwhpv ioxlg

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES

Course

Code Course Title PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9

PO10

PO11

PO12

PSO1

PSO2

PSO3

Math 1004

Mathematics -II 3 1 1

2 2

1=weakly mapped 2= moderately mapped 3=strongly mapped

CO2

Apply Laplace transform for the solution of linear ordinary differential equations and understand the basic properties of Fourier transform.

PO1, PO2, PO5

CO3 Apply vector calculus techniques to evaluate line, surface and volume integrals PO1, PO2, PO5

CO4 Interpret the engineering and scientific data using fundamental statistical techniques.

PO1, PO2, PO5

Page 27: B.Tech. APPLIED PETROLEUM ENGINEERING-UPSTREAM · 81,9(56,7< 2) 3(752/(80 (1(5*< 678',(6 362 7r ohduq ydulrxv w\shv ri guloolqj uljv dqg lwv frpsrqhqwv vxfk dv srzhu v\vwhpv ioxlg

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES

COURSE OBJECTIVES

1. To develop an understanding in the space and time relations and apply Lorentz

transformations to comprehend the consequences of Special Theory of Relativity.

2. To Systematically introduce the founding principles of Quantum mechanics and apply to

various systems.

3. To develop working knowledge of elementary statistical mechanics and its application in

exploring various Classical and Quantum phenomenon.

4. To realize the fundamentals of Semiconductor Physics that will enable subsequent study of

Semiconductor devices.

5. Introduce basic principles of dielectric and magnetic properties of solids and their

applications.

COURSE OUTCOMES

On completion of this course, the students will be able to

CO1. Make use of the concept of relativistic mechanics to study its effect on length, time and

energy related problems.

CO2. Utilize the fundamentals of Quantum Mechanics and analyze the behaviour of particle in a box.

CO3. Understand the Radiation Laws of Black Body, study and analysis of different Statistical

phenomena and their applications.

CO4. Understand the concept of semiconductors and its implications in basic electronic devices.

CO5. Comprehended the dielectrics and magnetic materials required for storing charge as well as

memory devices.

CATALOG DESCRIPTION

Almost all disciplines of engineering and technology have origins in basic principles of physics.

Further special theory of relativity provides the insight to the interesting out-of-box thinking to the

engineering students. Quantum Mechanics describes the physical phenomena in which the wave

and particle aspects of matter and radiation are reconciled in a unified theory. The knowledge of the

Quantum Mechanics can be applied to the study of optical and electronic sensor as well as to study

the behavior at microscopic and nano level. The behavior of system of particles at different physical

parameters (such as temperature, pressure, volume, velocity etc.) can be understood with the help

PHYS-1004 Physics II L T P C

Version 3.0 3 1 0 4 Pre-requisites/Exposure 12th level Physics Co-requisites 12th level Mathematics

Page 28: B.Tech. APPLIED PETROLEUM ENGINEERING-UPSTREAM · 81,9(56,7< 2) 3(752/(80 (1(5*< 678',(6 362 7r ohduq ydulrxv w\shv ri guloolqj uljv dqg lwv frpsrqhqwv vxfk dv srzhu v\vwhpv ioxlg

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES

of statistical mechanics, therefore course provides the information about different types of

materials available for various applications. The role of semiconductor in improving the life style is

well accepted in the field of electronic devices, sensors or computer hardware. The course provides

the information about functioning mechanism of basic components such as diodes, LED and

transistors as well as about the Photovoltaic cells which are widely used for energy generation. The

course also provides an emphasis on the materials (such as dielectric, capacitors and magnetic

materials) required for storing charge as well as memory devices.

Course Content UNIT I: MODERN PHYSICS AND INTRODUCTORY QUANTUM MECHANICS- 16 LECTURE HOURS

Inertial & Non-inertial frames, Postulates, Lorentz transformations, Length contraction, Time

dilation, velocities addition, variation of mass with velocity, Mass-energy equivalence and Energy

momentum relation.

Introduction, photoelectric effect, Compton Effect, Pair production & Annihilation, De-Broglie waves,

Waves of probability, phase and group velocities, Thought Experiment; Electron microscope, particle

diffraction, Uncertainty principle and its applications, Two-slit interference experiment, Wave

function and its interpretation, Normalization, Schrodinger time independent & dependent wave

equations, Linearity and superposition, expectation values, operators, Eigen values &Eigen

functions, Particle in a 1-D box, generalization to 3-D box.

UNIT II: STATISTICAL AND THERMAL PHYSICS- 10 LECTURE HOURS

Introduction to Statistical Physics, Statistical Distribution, Maxwell Boltzmann Statistics, Probability

function, density of state, Applications of MB Statistics: Average molecular energy, Distribution of

molecular speeds vrms, vav, vmp, Quantum Statistics, B-E Statistics, Probability function, density of

state, Rayleigh Jeans Formula, Planck Radiation Law & Specific Heat of solids, Fermi Dirac

Statistics, Probability function, density of state, Fermi energy, electron-energy distribution.

UNIT III: SEMICONDUCTOR PHYSICS- 7 LECTURE HOURS

Introduction to semiconductors, momentum energy diagram for band gap explanation P and N Type

semiconductors, direct and indirect band gap materials, Hall effect, P-N junction diode, forward and

reverse biasing of P-N junction diode, Shockley equation, Avalanche breakdown, Zener breakdown,

Zener diode, Photodiode, Photovoltaic effect, LED construction and materials.

UNIT IV: DIELECTRIC AND MAGNETIC MATERIALS- 9 LECTURE HOURS

Electric susceptibility, dielectric constant, electronic, ionic, orientational and space charge

polarization, frequency and temperature dependence polarization, internal fields, Claussius and

Mosotti relation (derivation), dielectric loss, dielectric breakdown, use of dielectric materials in

capacitor and transformer, Ferroelectricity and applications.

Page 29: B.Tech. APPLIED PETROLEUM ENGINEERING-UPSTREAM · 81,9(56,7< 2) 3(752/(80 (1(5*< 678',(6 362 7r ohduq ydulrxv w\shv ri guloolqj uljv dqg lwv frpsrqhqwv vxfk dv srzhu v\vwhpv ioxlg

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES

Origin of magnetic moments, Bohr magnetron, comparison of dia, para and ferro magnetism,

domain theory, hysteresis, soft and hard magnetic magnetic materials, antiferromagnetic materials,

ferrites and its applications.

Text Books

1. Mehta N., (2009) Text Book of Engineering Physics Part-1. PHI Learning Pvt. Ltd. ISBN: 9788120333611.

2. Beiser A., Mahajn S., Chaudhury S. R., (2009) Concepts of Modern Physics, 6th ed. McGraw Hill Education Pvt. Ltd. ISBN: 9780070151550.

3. Vasudeva A.S., (2010) Modern Engineering Physics (Revised Edition), S. Chand & Company Ltd. ISBN: 9788121917575.

4. Jain A. K, Malik H. K., (2016) Engineering Physics, Tata McGraw-Hill Education Pvt. Ltd. ISBN: 9780070671539.

Reference Books

1. Griffith D.J. (2012) Introduction to Electromagnetics, PHI Learning, 4th edition, ISBN: 9780138053260

2. Pillai S.O., (2009) Solid State Physics, 6th ed. New Age International Pvt. Ltd. ISBN: 9781906574109.

Modes of Evaluation: Quiz/Assignment/ presentation/ extempore/ Written Examination Examination Scheme:

Components CCT Tutorial/Assignments MSE ESE

Weightage (%) 15 15 20 50

Relationship between the Course Outcomes (COs) and Program Outcomes (POs)

Mapping between COs and POs

Course Outcomes (COs) Mapped

Programme Outcomes

CO1 Make use of the concept of relativistic mechanics to study its effect on length, time and energy related problems. PO1, PO2

CO2 Utilize the fundamentals of Quantum Mechanics and analyze the behaviour of particle in a box. PO1, PO2

CO3 Understand the Radiation Laws of Black Body, study and analysis of different Statistical phenomena and their applications.

PO1, PO2, PO12

CO4 Understand the concept of semiconductors and its implications in basic electronic devices.

PO1, PO2, PO12

CO5 Comprehended the dielectrics and magnetic materials required PO1, PO2,

Page 30: B.Tech. APPLIED PETROLEUM ENGINEERING-UPSTREAM · 81,9(56,7< 2) 3(752/(80 (1(5*< 678',(6 362 7r ohduq ydulrxv w\shv ri guloolqj uljv dqg lwv frpsrqhqwv vxfk dv srzhu v\vwhpv ioxlg

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES

Course Code

Course Title

PO1

PO2

PO3

PO4

PO5

PO6

PO7

PO8

PO9

PO10

PO11

PO12

PSO1

PSO2

PSO3

PHYS 1004

PHYSICS II 3 2 1 2 2

1=weakly mapped 2= moderately mapped 3=strongly mapped

for storing charge as well as memory devices. PO12

Page 31: B.Tech. APPLIED PETROLEUM ENGINEERING-UPSTREAM · 81,9(56,7< 2) 3(752/(80 (1(5*< 678',(6 362 7r ohduq ydulrxv w\shv ri guloolqj uljv dqg lwv frpsrqhqwv vxfk dv srzhu v\vwhpv ioxlg

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES

COURSE OBJECTIVES

The Objectives of this course are:

1. To develop a holistic view of communicating in English Language both written and verbal.

2. To help the second language learners develop the ability to understand spoken language

through machine and task based activities.

3. To enable students to communicate with clarity and precision through proper understanding

of technical and academic writing techniques.

4. To study and understand applicative grammar and its various structures for correct usage of

English Language.

COURSE OUTCOMES

On completion of this course, the students will be able to:

CO1 Comprehend and summarize various structural principles of English Grammar, prerequisite to

English Communication.

CO2. Evaluate and apply the acquired learning of remedial Grammar for self-expression and diverse

communication purposes.

CO3. Identify and analyze the nuances of English Language prerequisite to Scientific and Technical

Writing.

CO4. Apply appropriate Language skills for developing scientific and technical content using

academic and experimental approaches.

CO5. Comprehend and analyze receptive & productive skills based on various task-based and

machine-based activities.

CO6 Apply and Formulate scenario based forms of Content for English Language learning and

presentation.

CATALOG DESCRIPTION

This course focuses on the development of students’ English language, Communication and Critical

thinking skills through the understanding of Language viz. Listening, Speaking, Reading and Writing.

The course enables the students to appreciate the nuances of Academic and Technical writing

through an understanding of principles and structures of Applicative Grammar. Students will be

COMM1001 English Communication L T P C

Version 3.0 2 (Online) 0 2 4

Pre-requisites/Exposure K12 knowledge of the English Language

Co-requisites Knowledge of Word processing using MS Word, basic IT skills

Page 32: B.Tech. APPLIED PETROLEUM ENGINEERING-UPSTREAM · 81,9(56,7< 2) 3(752/(80 (1(5*< 678',(6 362 7r ohduq ydulrxv w\shv ri guloolqj uljv dqg lwv frpsrqhqwv vxfk dv srzhu v\vwhpv ioxlg

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES

assessed on their demonstration based on Language learning skills. The course is offered on

blended mode.

Course Content UNIT I: GRAMMAR+ 12 LECTURE HOURS (ONLINE)

An overview on the basics of Grammar : Different aspects of grammar and usage of correct

English

Articles and Prepositions: Identification and correct usage in writing

Tenses – 1, 2 & 3: Types and correct use of different tenses

Simple, Compound and Complex Sentences: Usage and types of sentences

Active and Passive Voice: Usage and conversion in different contexts

Conditional Sentences : Types and usage of sentences

Question Tags: Identify and use correct question tags

Phrasal Verbs: Identify and use phrasal verbs correctly

Idioms: Usage to enrich expression

Blog and online content development

UNIT II: TECHNICAL COMMUNICATION 12 LECTURE HOURS (ONLINE)

Scientific English –Pre-requisite to technical writing: Nature, Use of Language, Organization

Scientific English – Nuances: Sentence Structure and Paragraph Development

Generalization – Nature, Induction and Deduction method

Classification – Nature, Writing classifications and generalizations

Definition – Nature, Types, Writing definitions and generalizations

Comparison & Contrast – Ways of expressing comparison and contrast

Instructions – Language and types, Instructions and reporting

Descriptions – Description of substances, objects and processes

Narratives – Nature, Writing of narratives, Organization

Explanations – Nature, Writing explanations

Hypotheses – Nature, Hypothesis and predictions, Writing hypothesis

Technical Poster Making

UNIT III: LANGUAGE WORKSHOP 24 LECTURE HOURS (F2F)

Introduction to Language Workshop Sessions and its usage in improving language

proficiency & Self-Expression techniques

Listening Skills: Basic Ear Training. Listening to Received Pronunciation, Attention to

Accuracy: Situational Conversations/Role Play/Development of Argumentative Skills

Page 33: B.Tech. APPLIED PETROLEUM ENGINEERING-UPSTREAM · 81,9(56,7< 2) 3(752/(80 (1(5*< 678',(6 362 7r ohduq ydulrxv w\shv ri guloolqj uljv dqg lwv frpsrqhqwv vxfk dv srzhu v\vwhpv ioxlg

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES

Speaking Skills: Individual Introduction to IPA symbols, basic training for correct

Pronunciation pattern, Official/Public Speaking with emphasis on correct speech patterns,

common errors in reading and speaking with emphasis on Para linguistics, developing

impromptu Skills in speaking.

Reading Skills: Skimming and Scanning: Comprehension Skills based on practice Reading

Comprehension.

Writing Skills: Writing for Purpose (Objective/Subjective) with special emphasis on

Grammar and Vocabulary Building Exercises

Text Books

1. Mishra. B, Sharma. S (2011) Communication Skills for Engineers and Scientists. PHI Learning Pvt. Ltd. ISBN: 8120337190.

2. Academic Writing: A course in English for Science and Technology – Rizvi, M.H. - TMHMishra. B, Sharma. S (2011)

3. Reddy, S.D.(2009). Technical English. Macmilan Publishers: New Delhi. ISBN: 0230639119. 4. Flatley, M.E. (2004). Basic Business Communication, Skills for empowering the Internet

Generation.Tata McGraw Hills: New Delhi. ISBN: 9780070486942. 5. Wren & Martin, M.E. (2006). High School English Grammar & Composition. Tata S. Chand &

Company LTD: New Delhi. ISBN: 9788121924894.

Reference Books 1. Pal, Rajendra and Korlahalli, J.S. (2011) Essentials of Business Communication. Sultan Chand &

Sons. ISBN: 9788180547294. 2. Kaul, Asha. (2014) Effective Business Communication.PHI Learning Pvt. Ltd. ISBN:

9788120338487. 3. Murphy, R. (2007) Essential English Grammar, CUP. ISBN: 8175960299. 4. C. Muralikrishna and S. Mishra (2011) Communication Skills for Engineers, Pearson education.

ISBN: 9788131733844. 5. Essential English Grammar by Raymond Murphy, CUP, 2011 6. Intermediate English Grammar by Raymond Murphy, CUP, 2011 7. Practical English Usage by Michael Swan, OUP, 2013 8. Jones, D. (1909), "The Pronunciation of English", Cambridge: CUP; rpt in facsimile in Jones

(2002). 9. Jones, D.(1918), "An Outline of English Phonetics", Leipzig: Teubner; rpt in Jones (2002). 10. Jones, D. (1909) “The Dictionary of English Phonetics” Cambridge: CUP (2002). 11. Bansal, R.K. The Intelligibility of Indian English, Monograph, 4 CIEFL, Hyderabad, Second

abridged edition, 1976. 12. Jones, Daniel, English Pronouncing Dictionary, revised by A.C. Gimson, 14th Edition, The

English Language Book Society and JM Dent Sons Ltd. London 1977. 13. Senthi. J and P.V. Dhamija, A Course in Phonetics and Spoken English Prentice hall of India

Private Ltd. New Delhi, 1989. 14. Taylor, Ken, Telephoning and Teleconferencing Skills. Orient Black Swan, 2008. 15. Dignen, Bob. Presentation Skills in English. Orient Black Swan, 2007.

Page 34: B.Tech. APPLIED PETROLEUM ENGINEERING-UPSTREAM · 81,9(56,7< 2) 3(752/(80 (1(5*< 678',(6 362 7r ohduq ydulrxv w\shv ri guloolqj uljv dqg lwv frpsrqhqwv vxfk dv srzhu v\vwhpv ioxlg

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES

Modes of Evaluation: Online Discussion/Quiz/Assignment/Blog/Listening, speaking, reading, writing examination. Examination Scheme:

Components Mid-term (Grammar+)

IA (Technical Communication)

End-term (Language Workshop)

Weightage (%) 20 (3 Online Discussions, 4 Online Quiz)

30 (2 Online Discussion, 1 Online Assignment, 3 Online Quiz)

50 (4 Continuous Evaluation)

Relationship between the Course Outcomes (COs) and Program Outcomes (POs)

Course Code

Course Title PO1

PO2

PO3

PO4

PO5

PO6

PO7

PO8

PO9

PO10

PO11

PO12

PSO1

PSO2

PSO3

COMM1001 English Communication 2 3

1 3

1=weakly mapped 2= moderately mapped 3=strongly mapped

Mapping between COs and POs

Course Outcomes (COs) Mapped

Programme Outcomes

CO1 Comprehend and summarize various structural principles of English Grammar, prerequisite to English Communication.

PO10

CO2 Evaluate and apply the acquired learning of remedial Grammar for self-expression and diverse communication purposes.

PO10, PO12

CO3 Identify and analyze the nuances of English Language prerequisite to Scientific and Technical Writing. PO10

CO4 Apply appropriate Language skills for developing scientific and technical content using academic and experimental approaches.

PO10

CO5 Comprehend and analyze receptive & productive skills on the basis of various task-based and machine-based activities.Communicate with proper pronunciation.

PO9, PO10

CO6 Apply and Formulate scenario based forms of Content for English Language learning and presentation. Understand the spoken language

PO9, PO10

Page 35: B.Tech. APPLIED PETROLEUM ENGINEERING-UPSTREAM · 81,9(56,7< 2) 3(752/(80 (1(5*< 678',(6 362 7r ohduq ydulrxv w\shv ri guloolqj uljv dqg lwv frpsrqhqwv vxfk dv srzhu v\vwhpv ioxlg

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES

COURSE OBJECTIVES

1. Increase ability to communicate with people.

2. Enhance knowledge, imagination and drawing skill.

3. Learn basics of design software Solid works skills.

4. Draw the accurate and precise line drawing.

5. Prepare the student for future Engineering positions.

COURSE OUTCOMES

On completion of this course, the students will be able to

CO1. Understand the projection method and types of projection.

CO2. Increase ability to communicate with people.

CO3. Improve their visualization skills so that they can apply these skills in developing new products.

CO4. Learn to take data and transform it into graphic drawings

CO5. Hands on the basic commands of design software solid works.

CATALOG DESCRIPTION

Engineering graphics builds the foundation of analytical capabilities for solving a great variety of

engineering problems involving diagrams. It also has numerous real time application in almost all

branches of engineering. This subject helps the student to enhance their knowledge, imagination

and drawing skill. The purpose of the study of the engineering graphics is to develop the ability to

visualize an object with physical and dimensional configurations. With its extensive coverage, the

step-by-step approach and handy drawing tips. The subject support for students to draw the

accurate and precise line drawing.

Course Content UNIT I: INTRODUCTION OF ENGINEERING DRAWING, LINES, LETTERING AND DIMENSIONING 1

LECTURE HOURS

Introduction, Drawing instruments, Drawing sheet, pencils, Sheet layout, Title Block, Configurations

of lines, drafting of lines, Types of lines and their applications, Order of priority of coinciding lines,

MECH1001 Engineering Graphics L T P C

Version 3.0 1 0 2 1 Pre-requisites/Exposure The knowledge of simple geometrical theorem and procedures is

essential.

Co-requisites --

Page 36: B.Tech. APPLIED PETROLEUM ENGINEERING-UPSTREAM · 81,9(56,7< 2) 3(752/(80 (1(5*< 678',(6 362 7r ohduq ydulrxv w\shv ri guloolqj uljv dqg lwv frpsrqhqwv vxfk dv srzhu v\vwhpv ioxlg

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES

Lettering, Dimensioning, terminology and method of execution, placing and general rule of

dimensioning.

UNIT II: ORTHOGRAPHIC PROJECTIONS 1 LECTURE HOURS

Projection, Pictorial view and Multi view, Orthographic Projection, Multi View Projection,

Terminologies, First-Angle Projection, Third angle Projection, Second angle and Fourth angle

Projection, Symbols of Orthographic Projection

UNIT III: PROJECTION OF POINT 1 LECTURE HOURS

Introduction, Conventional Representation, A point situated in first quadrant (above HP and in front

of VP), A point situated in second quadrant (above HP and behind VP), Point in the third quadrant

(below HP and behind VP), Point in the Fourth quadrant (below HP and in front of VP). Problems

UNIT IV: PROJECTION OF LINES 2 LECTURE HOURS

Orientations of straight lines, lines parallel to one or both the planes, line contained by one or both

the planes, Line perpendicular to either of the RPs, line inclined to one RP and parallel to other, line

inclined to both the RPs, Traces of a line, Methods of determining traces of line.

UNIT V: PROJECTION OF PLANES 2 LECTURE HOURS

Introduction, Position of Planes, Terms used in projection of planes, Planes parallel to an RP, Plane

inclined to one RP and perpendicular to the other RP, plane perpendicular to both the RPs, Plane

inclined to both the RPs, Suspended planes, Traces of planes,

UNIT VI PROJECTION OF SOLIDS 2 LECTURE HOURS

Introduction, Basic solids, Frustums and Truncated Solids, position of the solids, solids with Axis

perpendicular to an RP, Solid with Axis inclined to one RP and parallel to the other, solid with axis

inclined to both the RPs, solid with axis parallel to both the RPs, Rules for deciding the Hidden Lines

UNIT VII SECTION OF SOLIDS 2 LECTURE HOURS

Section planes, Sections, True shape of a section, Section of prisms: section plane parallel to VP,

Section plane parallel to the HP, Section plane perpendicular to HP and inclined to the VP, Section

plane perpendicular to the VP and inclined to the HP. Sections of Pyramids, Sections of cylinders,

sections of cones etc.

UNIT VIII ISOMETRIC PROJECTION 1 LECTURE HOUR

Introduction, Principle of Isometric Projection, Terminology, Isometric Scale, Isometric Projections

and Isometric Views.

Text Books

1. Bhatt, N. D. (2014) “Engineering Drawing”, Charol Publication 2. Gill, P. S. (2009) “Engineering Drawing”, Kataria Publication 3. Dhawan, R. K. (2011) “Engineering Drawing”, S Chand

Reference Books

Page 37: B.Tech. APPLIED PETROLEUM ENGINEERING-UPSTREAM · 81,9(56,7< 2) 3(752/(80 (1(5*< 678',(6 362 7r ohduq ydulrxv w\shv ri guloolqj uljv dqg lwv frpsrqhqwv vxfk dv srzhu v\vwhpv ioxlg

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES

1. Morling, K. “Geometric and Engineering Drawing”, Third Edition, Elsevier 32 Jamestown Road

London NW1 7BY 30 Corporate Drive, Suite 400, Burlington, MA 01803, USA Modes of Evaluation: Quiz/Assignment/ presentation/ extempore/ Written Examination Examination Scheme:

Components Internal Assessment

MSE ESE

Weightage (%) 30 20 50

Relationship between the Course Outcomes (COs) and Program Outcomes (POs)

1=Weakly mapped 2=Moderately mapped 3=Strongly mapped

Mapping between COs and POs

Course Outcomes (COs) Mapped Programme

Outcomes

CO1 Understand the projection method and types of projection PO1, PO2, PO5

CO2 Increase ability to communicate with people PO1, PO2, PO5

CO3 Improve their visualization skills so that they can apply these skills in developing new products.. PO1, PO3, PO5, PO2, PO10

CO4 Learn to take data and transform it into graphic drawings PO1, PO5, PSO2, PSO3, PO10

CO5 Hands on the basic commands of design software solid works. PO1, PO5, PSO3, PO10

Course Code

Course Title PO1

PO2

PO3

PO4

PO5

PO6

PO7

PO8

PO9

PO10

P O 11

P O 12

PS O 1

PS O 2

PS O 3

MECH1001

Engineering Graphics

3 3 3 2 3 2 2 2 2

Page 38: B.Tech. APPLIED PETROLEUM ENGINEERING-UPSTREAM · 81,9(56,7< 2) 3(752/(80 (1(5*< 678',(6 362 7r ohduq ydulrxv w\shv ri guloolqj uljv dqg lwv frpsrqhqwv vxfk dv srzhu v\vwhpv ioxlg

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES

COURSE OBJECTIVES

1. To understand various Electrical components and identify the importance of DC-theorem

while solving any complex circuit

2. To understand the concepts of Electro magnetism and their application on various Electrical

Devices

3. To understand working principle and behavior of Electrical Machines.

4. Visualize the V-I characteristics of the basic electronic components like diode and transistor

5. Develop the application based circuits like switch, Rectifier by using Diode and transistor

.and also by logic gates.

6. Design DC-Power supply by using Rectifiers and Adders& Subtractors by using Logic Gates.

COURSE OBJECTIVES

On completion of this course, the students will be able to

1. The capability to design and construct circuits, take measurements of circuit behaviour and

performance, compare with predicted circuit models and explain discrepancies.

2. To impart the basic knowledge about the Electric and Magnetic circuits.

3. To inculcate the understanding about the AC fundamentals and understand various

Electrical Machines.

4. Employ electronic components and devices to solve the Engineering problems.

5. Analyse and make simple Circuits and Systems of Electronics Engineering, To Interpret the

logics used in the Digital Circuits and Systems.

6. Design the electronics system with discrete component and to understand the

specifications of industrial equipment.

CATALOG DESCRIPTION

Electrical & Electronics is the integral part of life. The basic circuits used in day to day life are

studied in this course. In this course, the main focus will be on the designing of basic electrical and

electronics circuits like AC to DC converter by using diode, half adder, full adder etc. in Electronics

and three phase system circuits in electrical. Students will learn how to use diode, transistor,

Integrated circuit, AC machine and DC Machine in real time and develop circuits buy using them.

ECEG 1001 Basic Electrical & Electronics L T P C

Version 3.0 3 0 0 3

Pre-requisites/Exposure Basic Knowledge of fundamentals of electrical components and Engineering Mathematics Basic knowledge of electronics and digital components.

Co-requisites --

Page 39: B.Tech. APPLIED PETROLEUM ENGINEERING-UPSTREAM · 81,9(56,7< 2) 3(752/(80 (1(5*< 678',(6 362 7r ohduq ydulrxv w\shv ri guloolqj uljv dqg lwv frpsrqhqwv vxfk dv srzhu v\vwhpv ioxlg

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES

Classroom activities will be designed to encourage students to play an active role in the

construction of their own knowledge and in the design of their own learning strategies. We will

combine traditional lectures with other active teaching methodologies, such as practical sessions,

group discussions, and cooperative group solving problems. Class participation is a fundamental

aspect of this course. Students will be encouraged to actively take part in all practical sessions to

apply the devices and design the basic circuits.

Course Content UNIT I: 10 LECTURE HOURS

INTRODUCTION: Resistance, inductance and capacitance, open circuit and short circuit, electrical

power and energy

DC CIRCUIT: Ohm’s law. Kirchhoff’s law, series and parallel network, network theorems: Thevenin’s,

Norton, Maximum Power and Superposition

AC CIRCUITS: Single Phase and Three Phase Circuits, Star Delta connections, Concept of power

factor, series and parallel network, resonance

UNIT II: 5 LECTURE HOURS

Flux, flux density, reluctance, mmf, magnetic field strength Fleming left hand rule, Fleming’s right

hand rule, faradays law, statically and dynamically induced emf. Eddy current and Hysteresis loss.

UNIT III: 7 LECTURE HOURS

Electrical Machines construction, operation, characteristic and application Transformer, Induction

Motor, DC Machines, Electrical Power Generation, Transmission and Distribution. Basic Layout of

Power System and various voltage levels at different sections of Power System.

UNIT IV: 7 LECTURE HOURS

Intrinsic and Extrinsic Semiconductors; Formation and Fundamental Characteristics of diode:

Formation of P-N junction, I-V characteristics, Zener and Avalanche breakdown; half-wave and full-

wave rectifier circuits; dc-power supply design and diode applications.

UNIT V: 6 LECTURE HOURS

Transistor construction and operation, Common-Base (CB) configuration, Transistor amplifying

action, Common Emitter (CE) configuration, Amplification factors for CB and CE configurations,

Common Collector configuration, Limits of operation, DC-Biasing: Fixed bias, Emitter bias, Voltage

divider bias, Applications:

UNIT VI: 5 LECTURE HOURS

Number system and codes, Boolean algebra and minimization techniques: Boolean logic

operations, Basic laws of Boolean algebra, Demorgan’s Theorems; Logic gates: AND, OR, NAND,

NOR. adders and subtractor.

Page 40: B.Tech. APPLIED PETROLEUM ENGINEERING-UPSTREAM · 81,9(56,7< 2) 3(752/(80 (1(5*< 678',(6 362 7r ohduq ydulrxv w\shv ri guloolqj uljv dqg lwv frpsrqhqwv vxfk dv srzhu v\vwhpv ioxlg

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES

Text Books

1. Electrical & Electronics Engineering by K R Niazi,Genius Publication.ISBN:9788188870137 2. Basic Electrical and Electronics Engineering, by J B Gupta S K Kataria and Sons.3rd Ed. 3. Electronics Devices and Circuits By Boylestad & Nashelsky 10th ED : PEARSON: ISBN 978-

8131727003

Reference Books

1. Basic Electrical Engineering by Chakrabarti, Tata McGraw Hill. ISBN: 9781259083365 2. Basic Electrical Engineering byU.A.Bakshi, V.U.Bakshi, ISBN: 9788184316940 3. A Text Book of Electrical Machines by Rajput, L P Publications. ISBN: 9788131804469 4. Basic Electronics By Santiram Kal,( 2013): PHI 5. Digital Circuits & Logic Design By Salivahanan: Vikas Publishing House. ISBN 978-

9325960411 Modes of Evaluation: Quiz/Assignment/ presentation/ extempore/ Written Examination Examination Scheme:

Components IA MID SEM End Sem Total Weightage (%) 30 20 50 100

Relationship between the Course Outcomes (COs) and Program Outcomes (POs)

Course Code

Course Title

PO1

PO2

PO3

PO4

PO5

PO6

PO7

PO8

PO9

PO10

PO11

PO12

PSO1

PSO2

PSO3

Mapping between COs and POs

Course Outcomes (COs) Mapped

Programme Outcomes

CO1 Analyze single phase and three phase system and realize the working of various AC and DC machines.

PO1, PO5, PO12

CO2 Understand and formulate the governing equations of magnetic circuits and electromagnets.

PO1, PO5, PO12

CO3 Understand the importance of Power System structure and various devices connected to it PO3

CO4 Employ electronic components and devices to solve the Engineering problems.

PO12

CO5 Analyze and make simple Circuits and Systems of Electronics Engineering, To Interpret the logics used in the Digital Circuits and Systems.

PO1, PO3, PO4, PO12

CO6 Design the electronics system with discrete component and to Understand the specifications of industrial equipment.

PO1, PO2, PO3

Page 41: B.Tech. APPLIED PETROLEUM ENGINEERING-UPSTREAM · 81,9(56,7< 2) 3(752/(80 (1(5*< 678',(6 362 7r ohduq ydulrxv w\shv ri guloolqj uljv dqg lwv frpsrqhqwv vxfk dv srzhu v\vwhpv ioxlg

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES

ECEG-1001

Basic Electrical & Electronics Engineering

3 3 2 1 1

1 2 2

1=weakly mapped 2= moderately mapped 3=strongly mapped

Page 42: B.Tech. APPLIED PETROLEUM ENGINEERING-UPSTREAM · 81,9(56,7< 2) 3(752/(80 (1(5*< 678',(6 362 7r ohduq ydulrxv w\shv ri guloolqj uljv dqg lwv frpsrqhqwv vxfk dv srzhu v\vwhpv ioxlg

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES

COURSE OBJECTIVES

1. To help the students to understand and identify the functional units of Computer System.

2. To enable students to understand the concepts of procedure oriented programming using C

Language.

3. To empower students with the expertise of experimentation using C programming skills.

4. To expose students with the ability to design programs involving decision structure, loops

and functions.

5. To equip students with necessary engineering skills such as solving engineering problems

through implementing concepts of arrays, pointers, structures and union in C programming

Language.

COURSE OUTCOMES

CO1. Comprehend the concepts of flowcharts and algorithms along with decision constructs through

programming techniques in C.

CO2. Identify various concepts of Programming like arrays, strings, and matrix operations.

CO3. Apply concepts of functions and pointers to resolve mathematical problems using C.

CO4. Demonstrate the concept of Structures and Unions using C programming.

CATALOG DESCRIPTION

Computer Programming is rapidly gaining the importance in the field of education and engineering.

The course will introduce to the students about computer programming language and the

fundamentals of computer programming. This subject is designed specifically for students with no

prior programming experience and taking this course does not require a background in CS. This

course will touch upon a variety of fundamental topics within the field of Computer Science and will

use ‘C’ programming language to demonstrate varied principles. We will begin with an overview of

the course topics as well as brief history of computers. We will cover basic programming

terminology and concepts related to C language. By the end of the course, students should have a

strong understanding of the fundamentals of C programming language. This course will help the

students to build up a strong background in programming skills and a successful career devoted to

implementing the principles they will learn. Students will learn effectively through prescribed

syllabus as well as through blackboard and discussions. Classroom activities designed to encourage

CSEG 1001 Computer Programming L T P C

Version 3.0 3 0 0 3

Pre-requisites/Exposure Fundamentals of Computer

Co-requisites Mathematics

Page 43: B.Tech. APPLIED PETROLEUM ENGINEERING-UPSTREAM · 81,9(56,7< 2) 3(752/(80 (1(5*< 678',(6 362 7r ohduq ydulrxv w\shv ri guloolqj uljv dqg lwv frpsrqhqwv vxfk dv srzhu v\vwhpv ioxlg

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES

students to play an active role in the construction of their own knowledge. The students will be able

to design their own learning strategies through online learning management system – blackboard.

We will combine traditional lectures with other active teaching methodologies, such as group

discussions, cooperative group solving problems. Class participation is a fundamental aspect of this

course. Students will be encouraged to take part in all group activities to meet the course outcome.

Students expected to interact with media resources, such as, web sites, videos, DVDs, and

newspapers, etc.

Course Content UNIT I: INTRODUCTION – 7 LECTURE HOURS

Generation and classification of computers, Basic computer organization, Number system – binary,

decimal conversion problem, Need for logical analysis and thinking, Algorithm, pseudocode,

flowchart.

UNIT II: C PROGRAMMING BASICS – 8 LECTURE HOURS

Problem formulation, Problem Solving, Introduction to C Programming fundamentals, Structure of a

C Program, Compilation and Linking processes, Constants, Variables, Data types – Expressions

using operators in ‘C’, Managing input and output operations, Decision making and branching,

Looping statements, solving simple scientific and statistical problems.

UNIT III: ARRAYS AND STRINGS – 7 LECTURE HOURS

Arrays – initialization, Declaration one dimension and two dimensional arrays, string and string

operations, string arrays, simple programs – sorting, searching, matrix operations.

UNIT IV: FUNCTIONS AND POINTERS – 6 LECTURE HOURS

Functions – definition of function, Declaration of function, Pass by value, Pass by reference,

Recursion, Pointers – Definition, Initialization, Pointers arithmetic, Pointers and arrays, Example,

problems.

UNIT V: STRUCTURE AND UNION – 8 LECTURE HOURS

Introduction - need for structure data type, Structure definition, Structure declaration, Structure

within a structure, Union, programs using structure and unions, Storage classes, preprocessor

directives.

Text Books

1. Reema Thareja, “Computer Fundamentals & Programming in C”, Oxford Press. 2. Yashwant Kanetkar, “Let Us C”, BPB Publications.

References

1. Herb Schildt, “The Complete reference C”.

Page 44: B.Tech. APPLIED PETROLEUM ENGINEERING-UPSTREAM · 81,9(56,7< 2) 3(752/(80 (1(5*< 678',(6 362 7r ohduq ydulrxv w\shv ri guloolqj uljv dqg lwv frpsrqhqwv vxfk dv srzhu v\vwhpv ioxlg

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES

2. Byron Gottfried, “Programming with C”, Schaum’s Series. 3. K.R. Venugopal and S. R. Prasad, “Mastering ‘C’” 4. http://learn.upes.ac.in Blackboard – LMS

Modes of Evaluation: Quiz/Assignment/Discussion/ Online Examination Examination Scheme:

Components MSE Quiz/Assignment/Discussion ESE

Weightage (%) 20 30 50

Relationship between the Course Outcomes (COs) and Program Outcomes (POs)

Cou

rse

Cod

e

Cou

rse

Tit

le PO

1 PO2

PO3

PO 4

PO 5

PO6

PO 7

PO8

PO9

PO 10

PO 11

PO12

PSO1

PSO2

PSO3

CSMT 1001

Computer Programming

3 2 1 1 1

2 2 1

1=Weakly mapped 2=Moderately mapped 3=Strongly mapped

Mapping between COs and POs

Course Outcomes (COs) Mapped

Programme Outcomes

CO1 Comprehend the concepts of flowcharts and algorithms along with decision constructs through programming techniques in C.

PO1

CO2 Identify various concepts of Programming like arrays, strings, and matrix operations.

PO1,PO2

CO3 Apply concepts of functions and pointers to resolve mathematical problems using C. PO1, PO3,PO5

CO4 Demonstrate the concept of Structures and Unions using C programming. PO1,PO2,PO11,PSO3

Page 45: B.Tech. APPLIED PETROLEUM ENGINEERING-UPSTREAM · 81,9(56,7< 2) 3(752/(80 (1(5*< 678',(6 362 7r ohduq ydulrxv w\shv ri guloolqj uljv dqg lwv frpsrqhqwv vxfk dv srzhu v\vwhpv ioxlg

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES

Page 46: B.Tech. APPLIED PETROLEUM ENGINEERING-UPSTREAM · 81,9(56,7< 2) 3(752/(80 (1(5*< 678',(6 362 7r ohduq ydulrxv w\shv ri guloolqj uljv dqg lwv frpsrqhqwv vxfk dv srzhu v\vwhpv ioxlg

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES

COURSE OBJECTIVES

1. To help the students develop the concept of difference equations and their solution.

2. To enable the students understand the series solution of second order differential equation.

3. To make the students able to investigate the behaviour of complex variable functions.

4. To enable the students to understand the use of analytic functions in evaluating complex

and real integrals.

5. To make the students able to solve PDEs and its applications.

COURSE OUTCOMES

On completion of this course, the students will be able to

CO1. Find the solution of linear difference equations.

CO2. Solve linear second order differential equations using series solution method and comprehend

the Legendre’s polynomials, Bessel functions, its related properties

CO3. Explain fundamental concepts of complex variable theory.

CO4. Find the series representation of a complex function and compute real integrals via residue

calculus.

CO5. Solve homogeneous partial differential equations with constant coefficients and its

applications in one dimensional heat and wave equations.

CATALOG DESCRIPTION

This course covers the difference equations, ordinary differential equations, partial differential

equations and complex analysis. The difference equations will be solved using operator method,

generating function technique and matrix method. The solution of second order linear differential

equations will be obtained using series solution method and the properties of special functions like

Legendre’s polynomials and Bessel’s functions will be investigated. In addition, this course will

introduce the calculus of complex functions of a complex variable. It turns out that complex

differentiability is a very strong condition and differentiable functions behave very well. The central

result of this spectacularly beautiful part of mathematics is Cauchy's Theorem guaranteeing that

certain integrals along closed paths are zero. This striking result leads to useful techniques for

evaluating real integrals based on the 'calculus of residues'. Charpit method ensures the solution of

MATH 2001 Mathematics-III L T P C

Version 1.0 3 1 0 4

Pre-requisites/Exposure a) Mathematics upto B.Tech 1st year

Co-requisites --

Page 47: B.Tech. APPLIED PETROLEUM ENGINEERING-UPSTREAM · 81,9(56,7< 2) 3(752/(80 (1(5*< 678',(6 362 7r ohduq ydulrxv w\shv ri guloolqj uljv dqg lwv frpsrqhqwv vxfk dv srzhu v\vwhpv ioxlg

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES

first order nonlinear partial differential equations and separation of variables method useful to solve

the one dimensional wave and heat equations.

Course Content UNIT I: DIFFERENCE EQUATIONS AND ORDINARY DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS 12 LECTURE

HOURS

Introduction, formulation, homogeneous and non-homogeneous difference equations, Solution by

Operator method, Solution by Generating function technique, Solution by Matrix method,

Introduction of series solution, Power series method, Frobenius method and its cases, Series

solution of Legendre’s and Bessel’s Des, Legendre polynomials, Bessel functions and its Properties.

UNIT II: COMPLEX VARIABLES-I 9 LECTURE HOURS

Introduction to functions of a complex variable, Notion of limit, continuity and differentiability,

Analytic function and CR equations, Necessary & sufficient conditions for analyticity, Harmonic

function, harmonic conjugate and orthogonal families, construction of an analytic, function using

Milne Thomson method, Line integral where curve defined in parametric, form, explicit function,

Path independence for a contour integral, Cauchy’s theorem, Cauchy-Goursat theorem for simply

and multiply connected domain, Cauchy’s integral formula for the derivatives of an analytic

function.

UNIT III: COMPLEX VARIABLES-II 12 LECTURE HOURS

Taylor’s and Laurent’s series, Zeros and poles of a function, the residue at a singularity, Cauchy

Residue Theorem, Contour integration and its applications to improper integrals, evaluation of a

real integrals, improper integrals involving sines and cosines, definite integrals involving sines and

cosines, Image under translation, rotation, magnification/contraction, inversion, Definition of

Conformal mapping and Bilinear, transformation , Cross ratio.

UNIT IV: PARTIAL DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS 9 LECTURE HOURS

Formation of PDE by elimination of arbitrary constants and arbitrary functions and classification of

PDEs, Lagrange’s Multipliers and Charpit Method, Solution of linear PDE with constant coefficients,

Solution of one dimensional heat and wave equation by method of separation of variables.

Text Books 1. Jain, R. K., Iyengar, S. R. K., Advanced Engineering Mathematics, Narosa Publications, India.

ISBN: 9788173197307 2. Simmons, George, Differential Equations with Applications and Historical Note, McGraw Hill.

ISBN: 07-053071-8 3. Zill Dennis, G., Shanahan Patrick, D., A first course in complex analysis with applications, Jones

and Bartlett Publishers. ISBN: 9789380108193. 4. Raisinghania, M. D., Ordinary and Partial Differential Equations, S. Chand Publishers. ISBN:

978-8121908924

Page 48: B.Tech. APPLIED PETROLEUM ENGINEERING-UPSTREAM · 81,9(56,7< 2) 3(752/(80 (1(5*< 678',(6 362 7r ohduq ydulrxv w\shv ri guloolqj uljv dqg lwv frpsrqhqwv vxfk dv srzhu v\vwhpv ioxlg

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES

Reference Books 1. Greenberg, M., Advanced Engineering Mathematics, Pearson. ISBN: 9788177585469 2. Sneddon, I., Elements of Partial Differential Equations, McGraw-Hill Book Company. ISBN 13:

9780070594258. 3. Churchill, R. V., Complex Variables and Applications, McGraw Hill. ISBN-13: 978-0070108530

Modes of Evaluation: Class tests/Assignment/Tutorial Assessment/Written Examination Examination Scheme:

Components Tutorial/Faculty Assessment

Class Tests MSE ESE

Weightage (%) 15 15 20 50

Relationship between the Course Outcomes (COs) and Program Outcomes (POs)

Course Code

Course Title PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3

MATH 2004

Mathematics -III 3 2

2 2

1=weakly mapped 2= moderately mapped 3=strongly mapped

Mapping between COs and POs

Course Outcomes (COs) Mapped

Programme Outcomes

CO1 Find the solution of linear difference equations.

PO1, PO2

CO2

Solve linear second order differential equations using series solution method and comprehend the Legendre’s polynomials, Bessel functions, its related properties

PO1, PO2

CO3 Explain fundamental concepts of complex variable theory.Write effectively both in formal and informal style.

PO1, PO2

CO4 Find the series representation of a complex function and compute real integrals via residue calculus.

PO1, PO2

CO5

Solve homogeneous partial differential equations with constant coefficients and its applications in one dimensional heat and wave equations.

PO1, PO2

Page 49: B.Tech. APPLIED PETROLEUM ENGINEERING-UPSTREAM · 81,9(56,7< 2) 3(752/(80 (1(5*< 678',(6 362 7r ohduq ydulrxv w\shv ri guloolqj uljv dqg lwv frpsrqhqwv vxfk dv srzhu v\vwhpv ioxlg

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES

COURSE OBJECTIVES

1. To help students understand the basic concepts of forces, condition of equilibrium and FBD

to analyse a basic system.

2. To enable students to understand basic material properties and apply laws of mechanics

and analyse system through different configurations along with the measurement

parameters.

3. To empower students with the fundamental functioning of a Drilling Rig and its

components.

4. To expose students to a wide applications of fundamental learning of mechanics to various

system or equipment in a Drilling Rig.

5. To enable students understand and evaluate hoisting equipment, prime mover, derrick or

mast substructure.

6. To vest the knowledge of designing of a rig and its components in consideration of various

parameters while executing the same.

COURSE OUTCOMES

On completion of this course, the students will be able to

CO1. Evaluate the different types of Force System, Free Body Diagram, Condition of Equilibrium,

support reaction of simple and compound beams (basic concept and principles of mechanics).

CO2. Introduction to the stress and strain concepts, Hooke’s Law, principle stresses and strain.

CO3. Analyze the stresses due to impact load, axial load and self-weight

CO4. Examine the various components of derrick or mast substructure, power and prime movers,

bit, etc.

CO5. Examine the various components of hoisting system, rotary equipment, mud circulation

system and well control component.

CO6. Analyze the detailed design of one Drilling Rig and its specifications.

CATALOG DESCRIPTION

The oil rig forms the basis of drilling. It is the structure that is use to hoist, store, suspend and

perform various jobs while conducting drilling. Designing a rig incorporates different aspects of

engineering. It demands proper understanding of mechanics and fundamentals of strength of

PEAU2001 Elements of Rig Component Design L T P C

Version 1.0 3 1 0 4

Pre-requisites/Exposure Basic knowledge of physics, mathematics, engineering mechanics

Co-requisites --

Page 50: B.Tech. APPLIED PETROLEUM ENGINEERING-UPSTREAM · 81,9(56,7< 2) 3(752/(80 (1(5*< 678',(6 362 7r ohduq ydulrxv w\shv ri guloolqj uljv dqg lwv frpsrqhqwv vxfk dv srzhu v\vwhpv ioxlg

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES

material. This course is designed in a way that the students can comprehend the fundamental of

mechanics and strength of materials thereby applying it in designing a rig and its constituent

components. A drilling rig is a device used to drill, case and cement oil and gas wells. The correct

procedure for selecting and sizing a drilling rig is as follows:

1. Design the well

2. Establish the various loads to be expected during drilling and testing operations and use the

highest loads. This point establishes the depth rating of the rig.

3. Compare the rating of existing rigs with the design loads

4. Select the appropriate rig and its components.

Moreover the course shall also evaluate power systems required for pumping fluids and hoisting

various components of drill string.

Course Content UNIT I: BASIC CONCEPTS AND PRINCIPLES OF MECHANICS 5 LECTURE HOURS

Types of force system, composition and resolution of forces, moments, couples, equivalent force

systems, structural loads and support, free body diagram, condition of equilibrium, resultant and

equilibrium of co-planer forces, support reaction of simple and compound beams, shear force and

bending moment diagram, centroid and moment of inertia, pin joined structure.

UNIT II: STRESS ANALYSIS 8 LECTURE HOURS

Stress and strain concept, Hooke’s law, principle stresses and strain, theory of failure, strain energy

due to various action, stresses due to impact load, deformation in prismatic, stepped, linearly,

varying and composite members under axial load and self-weight. Temperature stresses, various

types of stresses and strains, elastic constants. Stresses in beams. Axially loaded columns with

eccentric and lateral loads. Stresses in cylindrical shells. Shear stresses in hollow and solid circular

shaft due to torsion. Composite shafts, stresses due to combined bending and torque in shaft,

principle stresses and strain, theory of failure, strain energy due to various action, stresses due to

impact load

UNIT III: INTENSIVE OVERVIEW OF RIG SYSTEMS 25 LECTURE HOURS

Students will learn about different components required to design and build a drilling rig.

Engineering requirements for a particular drilling problem. 1. Derrick or mast and substructure, 2.

Power and prime movers, 3. Hoisting components, 4. Rotating components, 5. Circulating

components, 6. Well control components, 7. Tubular and tubular handling equipment, 8. Bit

UNIT IV: INTENSIVE OVERVIEW OF RIG SYSTEMS 10 LECTURE HOURS

Students will learn about different components required to design and build a drilling rig.

Engineering requirements for a particular drilling problem. 1. Derrick or mast and substructure, 2.

Page 51: B.Tech. APPLIED PETROLEUM ENGINEERING-UPSTREAM · 81,9(56,7< 2) 3(752/(80 (1(5*< 678',(6 362 7r ohduq ydulrxv w\shv ri guloolqj uljv dqg lwv frpsrqhqwv vxfk dv srzhu v\vwhpv ioxlg

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES

Power and prime movers, 3. Hoisting components, 4. Rotating components, 5. Circulating

components, 6. Well control components, 7. Tubular and tubular handling equipment, 8. bit

Text Books 1. Oil Well Drilling Engineering by H Rabia. 2. Drilling Engineering by Heriot Watt. 3. Applied Drilling Engineering, by Bourgoyne and Young

Reference Books 1. Drilling Data Handbook.

Modes of Evaluation: Quiz/Assignment/ presentation/ extempore/ Written Examination Examination Scheme:

Components Internal Assessment

MSE ESE

Weightage (%) 30 20 50

Relationship between the Course Outcomes (COs) and Program Outcomes (POs)

1=Weakly mapped 2= Moderately mapped 3=Strongly mapped

Mapping between COs and POs

Course Outcomes (COs) Mapped Programme Outcomes

CO1

Evaluate the different types of Force System, Free Body Diagram, Condition of Equilibrium, support reaction of simple and compound beams (basic concept and principles of mechanics).

PO1, PO2,PO3,PO4,PO5,PO6,PO12

CO2 Introduction to the stress and strain concepts, Hooke’s Law, principle stresses and strain.

PO1, PO2,PO3,PO4,PO6,PO12

CO3 Analyze the stresses due to impact load, axial load and self-weight

PO1, PO2,PO3,PO4,PO5,PO6,PO7,PO12

CO4 Examine the various components of derrick or mast substructure, power and prime movers, bit, etc. PO1, PO2,PO3,PO4,PO5,PSO2

CO5

Examine the various components of hoisting system, rotary equipment, mud circulation system and well control component.

PO1, PO2,PO3,PO5,PO6,PO7

CO6 Analyze the detailed design of one Drilling Rig and its specifications.

PO1,PO4,PO5,PO7

Course Code

Course Title

PO1

PO2

PO3

PO4

PO5

PO6

PO7

PO8

PO9

PO10

P O 11

P O 12

PS O 1

PS O 2

PS O 3

PSO 4

PTEG 211

Elements of Rig Component Design

3 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 3

Page 52: B.Tech. APPLIED PETROLEUM ENGINEERING-UPSTREAM · 81,9(56,7< 2) 3(752/(80 (1(5*< 678',(6 362 7r ohduq ydulrxv w\shv ri guloolqj uljv dqg lwv frpsrqhqwv vxfk dv srzhu v\vwhpv ioxlg

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES

COURSE OBJECTIVES:

1. To get familiar with the all the equipment’s and tools involved in drilling and production

process.

2. To understand the procedures for determining the hydrocarbons in place.

3. To understand the basic geophysical and geochemical methods.

4. To get familiar with the reservoir drive mechanisms.

COURSE OUTCOMES

On completion of this course, the students will be able to

CO1: Understand the functions of geological and geophysical methods.

CO2: Evaluate different drilling operations.

CO3: Evaluate the importance and effect of well activation and perforation.

CO4: Interpretation and analysis of basic logs.

CO5: Selection of a particular separator based on type of fluid produced.

CO6: Understand the basic marketing and distribution strategy/policy.

CATALOG DESCRIPTION

Effective communication is an integral part of life. Communication is a process of exchanging ideas,

messages, information etc. through verbal or nonverbal communication. In this course, the focus

will be on improving LSRW skills, i.e. listening, speaking, reading and writing. Students will learn

how to communicate effectively though prescribed syllabus as well as through Pearson Global

English solutions. Classroom activities will be designed to encourage students to play an active role

in the construction of their own knowledge and in the design of their own learning strategies. We

will combine traditional lectures with other active teaching methodologies, such as group

discussions, cooperative group solving problems, analysis of video scenes and debates. Class

participation is a fundamental aspect of this course. Students will be encouraged to actively take

part in all group activities and to give an oral group presentation. Students will be expected to

interact with media resources, such as, web sites, videos, DVDs, and newspapers etc.

Course Content UNIT I: GEOLOGICAL AND GEOPHYSICAL METHODS. 04 LECTURE HOURS

PEAU2002 Introduction to Petroleum Operations L T P C

Version 1.0 3 0 0 0

Pre-requisites/Exposure Basics of different Petroleum Operations.

Co-requisites Petroleum Geology and Drilling Engineering.

Page 53: B.Tech. APPLIED PETROLEUM ENGINEERING-UPSTREAM · 81,9(56,7< 2) 3(752/(80 (1(5*< 678',(6 362 7r ohduq ydulrxv w\shv ri guloolqj uljv dqg lwv frpsrqhqwv vxfk dv srzhu v\vwhpv ioxlg

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES

Introduction to Gravity Method, Magnetic Method, EM Method, Geo Chemical Method of

Prospecting, Generation and Migration of Petroleum.

UNIT II: DRILLING AND PETROLEUM OPERATIONS 08 LECTURE HOURS

Different Drilling Rig Components, Various Drilling Systems, Drill Bits, Drilling Fluids, Casing and

Cementation.

Well Control and Well completions.

UNIT III: WELL LOGGING AND DST 08 LECTURE HOURS

Different types of well line techniques, Different types of logs and their importance.

UNIT IV: PRODUCTION ENGINEERING 10 LECTURE HOURS

Basics of Well Stimulation methods, different artificial methods, perforation and Separators.

UNIT V: TRANSPORTAION, DISTROBUTION AND MARKETING 6 LECTURE HOURS

Oil Metering, Field Processing and distribution of refined products.

Text Books

1) H.Rabia, Oil Well Drilling Engineering-Principles and Practices, Springer, 1986. 2) Production Operations Volume-I and Volume-II by Thomas O.Allen and Alan P.Roberts,

Oil and Gas Consultants International Inc, Tulsa, 1978. 3) Levorsen AI. Geology of Petroleum. Berry FA, Editor. San Francisco: WH Freeman:

1967. Reference Books

1) Applied Drilling Engineering by Author: Adam T. Bourgoyne Jr, Martin K. Millheim Publisher: Society of Petroleum Engineering Publication, ISBN No: 1555630014.

2) Basic Exploration Geophysics by S.Robinson. 3) Fundamentals of Well-log Interpretation: The interpretation of logging data by Author:

Oberto Serra. Publisher: Elsevier, 1984. 4) Principles of Oil Well Production by T.E.W.Nind, McGraw Hill Book Company, New

York, 1964. Modes of Evaluation: Quiz/Assignment/ presentation/ extempore/ Written Examination Examination Scheme:

Components Internal Assessment

MSE ESE

Weightage (%) 30 20 50

Page 54: B.Tech. APPLIED PETROLEUM ENGINEERING-UPSTREAM · 81,9(56,7< 2) 3(752/(80 (1(5*< 678',(6 362 7r ohduq ydulrxv w\shv ri guloolqj uljv dqg lwv frpsrqhqwv vxfk dv srzhu v\vwhpv ioxlg

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES

Relationship between the Course Outcomes (COs) and Program Outcomes (POs)

1=weakly mapped 2= moderately mapped 3=strongly mapped

Mapping between COs and POs

Course Outcomes (COs) Mapped Programme Outcomes

CO1 Understand the functions of geological and geophysical methods. PO2,PO6,PO5,PO8,PO10,PSO2

CO2 Evaluate different drilling operations.

PO1,PO3,PO4,PO6,PO9,PO10,PSO2

CO3 Evaluate the importance and effect of well activation and perforation. PO2,PO4,PO6,PO7,PO9,PO10,PSO1

CO4 Interpretation and analysis of basic logs.

PO1,PO3,PO4,PO5,PO6,PO7,PO8,PO12,PSO2

CO5 Selection of a particular separator based on type of fluid produced. PO4,PO5,PO6,PO7,PO8,PO12,PSO3

CO6 Understand the basic marketing and distribution strategy/policy. PO2,PO4,PO6,PO8,PO10,PO12,PSO1,PSO3

Course Code

Course Title

PO1

PO2

PO3

PO4

PO5

PO6

PO7

PO8

PO9

PO10

P O 11

P O 12

PS O 1

PS O 2

PS O 3

PS O 4

PTEG201

Introduction to Petroleum Operations

1 2 1 3 1 3 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 3

Page 55: B.Tech. APPLIED PETROLEUM ENGINEERING-UPSTREAM · 81,9(56,7< 2) 3(752/(80 (1(5*< 678',(6 362 7r ohduq ydulrxv w\shv ri guloolqj uljv dqg lwv frpsrqhqwv vxfk dv srzhu v\vwhpv ioxlg

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES

COURSE OBJECTIVES

1. To understand the nature and role of the following thermodynamic properties of matter: internal

energy, enthalpy, entropy, temperature, pressure and specific volume alongside charting

thermodynamic processes on appropriate thermodynamic diagrams, such as a temperature-entropy

or pressure-volume diagram.

2. To represent a thermodynamic system by a control mass or control volume, distinguish the

system from its surroundings, and identify work and/or heat interactions between the system and

surroundings.

3. To understand the different forms of energy and restrictions imposed by the first law of

thermodynamics on conversion from one form to another and apply the first law to a control mass

or control volume at an instant of time or over a time interval.

4. To understand implications of the second law of thermodynamics and limitations placed by the

second law on the performance of thermodynamic systems.

5. To understand P-V-T behavior of pure substances and evaluate the thermodynamic properties of

steam using steam tables and Mollier’s diagram.

6. To understand the functioning of S.I and C.I engines and evaluate the thermodynamic efficiencies

of Diesel cycle and Otto cycle.

COURSE OUTCOMES

CO1. Understand the basics of thermodynamics and evaluate energy transfers for various processes

CO2. Apply the laws of thermodynamics and general energy balance to a thermodynamic system

CO3. Evaluate entropy changes in a wide range of processes and determine the reversibility or

irreversibility of a process

CO4. Estimate the thermodynamic properties of steam using Steam tables or Mollier chart

CO5. Understand the PVT behavior of pure substances

CO6. Distinguish S.I & C. I engines and determine thermodynamic efficiencies of various cyclic

processes.

CATALOG DESCRIPTION

Thermodynamics is one of the fundamental subjects in the field of engineering. It relates work,

heat, temperature, and states of matter to each other. From a surprisingly small set of empirically

GNEG241 Thermodynamics and Heat Engines L T P C

Version 1.0 3 1 0 4

Pre-requisites/Exposure Mathematics, Physics and Chemistry

Co-requisites Engineering Mathematics

Page 56: B.Tech. APPLIED PETROLEUM ENGINEERING-UPSTREAM · 81,9(56,7< 2) 3(752/(80 (1(5*< 678',(6 362 7r ohduq ydulrxv w\shv ri guloolqj uljv dqg lwv frpsrqhqwv vxfk dv srzhu v\vwhpv ioxlg

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES

based laws, an enormous amount of information about the relationships among equilibrium

parameters for a system can be deduced. This information can then be applied to any of the

physical and chemical systems including chemical process design, automotive design and avionics.

Course Content UNIT I: THERMODYNAMICS PROCESS 04 LECTURE HOURS

SI Units, Systems & Surroundings, Thermodynamic Equilibrium, Properties, State, Path, Process,

Cyclic Process, Quasi-Static Process, Reversible and Irreversible Process, Energy Forms, Work and

Heat, NTP and STP.

UNIT II: IDEAL AND REAL GASES 17 LECTURE HOURS

Equation of State, Gases and Gas Mixtures, Enthalpy and Specific Heat, Non Ideal Behavior, Super

Compressibility Factor.

UNIT III: LAWS OF THERMODYNAMICS 04 LECTURE HOURS

Zeroth Law, Temperature and Temperature Scale First Law, Flow Process and Control Volume,

Energy Equation, Mechanical Work In Flow Process, Throttling Process, Application To Open System

Second Law, Statement, Available and Unavailable Energy Heat Entropy Change for Ideal Gases.

UNIT IV: STEAM 06 LECTURE HOURS

Properties, Mollier Diagram, Closed and Open System, Processes, Dryness Factor, Throttling

Calorimeter, Rankine Cycle.

UNIT V: THERMODYNAMIC CYCLES 07 LECTURE HOURS

Air Standard Cycles, Otto and Diesel Cycles, Principles of Working of Two and Four Stroke SI and CI

Engines.

Text Books

Nag. P. K. – Engineering Thermodynamics, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Co. Ltd., New Delhi (1995). Cengel, Yunus - Thermodynamics: An Engineering Approach 6e (SI Units) (SIE) Mc Graw Hill, 2008.

Reference Books

Merle Potter, Craig Somerton, Ph.D.-Schaum's Outline of Thermodynamics for Engineers, 2ed, Mc Graw Hill, 2009.

Modes of Evaluation: Quiz/Assignment/ presentation/ extempore/ Written Examination Examination Scheme:

Components MSE I Presentation/Assignment/ etc. ESE Weightage (%) 20 30 50

Page 57: B.Tech. APPLIED PETROLEUM ENGINEERING-UPSTREAM · 81,9(56,7< 2) 3(752/(80 (1(5*< 678',(6 362 7r ohduq ydulrxv w\shv ri guloolqj uljv dqg lwv frpsrqhqwv vxfk dv srzhu v\vwhpv ioxlg

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES

Relationship between the Course Outcomes (COs) and Program Outcomes (POs)

Course

Code

Course Title

PO1

PO2

PO3

PO4

PO5

PO6

PO7

PO8

PO9

PO10

PO11

PO12

PSO1

PSO2

PSO3 PS

O4

PEGS 2001

Thermodynamics & Heat Engines

3 2 2 2 1 1

2

1=weakly mapped 2= moderately mapped 3=strongly mapped

Mapping between COs and POs

Course Outcomes (COs) Mapped

Programme Outcomes

CO1 Understand the basics of thermodynamics and evaluate energy transfers for various processes

PO - 1,2,3,4,5,7,9,10,11

PSO – 3,4

CO2 Apply the laws of thermodynamics and general energy balance to a thermodynamic system

PO - 1,2,3,4,5,7,9,10,11,12

PSO – 3,4

CO3 Evaluate entropy changes in a wide range of processes and determine the reversibility or irreversibility of a process

PO - 1,2,3,4,5,7,9,10,11,12

CO4 Estimate the thermodynamic properties of steam using Steam tables or Mollier’s diagram

PO - 1,2,3,4,5,7,9,10,11,12

CO5 Understand the PVT behavior of pure substances PO -

1,2,3,4,5,7,9,10,11,12

CO6 Distinguish S.I & C. I engines and determine thermodynamic efficiencies of various cyclic processes

PO -1,2,3,4,5,7,9,10,11,12

Page 58: B.Tech. APPLIED PETROLEUM ENGINEERING-UPSTREAM · 81,9(56,7< 2) 3(752/(80 (1(5*< 678',(6 362 7r ohduq ydulrxv w\shv ri guloolqj uljv dqg lwv frpsrqhqwv vxfk dv srzhu v\vwhpv ioxlg

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES

COURSE OBJECTIVES

1. To help the students understand the about minerals and rocks and their properties.

2. To enable students to apprehend the geological processes that shape the Earth.

3. To learn the principles of stratigraphy used in petroleum exploration and other Geological

studies.

4. To help students understand the structure and evolution of Earth and different organism

through time.

COURSE OUTCOMES

On completion of this course, the students will be able to

CO1. Mineralogy & Petrology: Identify different type of Minerals and Rocks.

CO2. Earth & Its Structure: Understand the formation of the Earth and its parts.

CO3. Geological Processes: Apprehend different processes that operate inside or at the surface of

the Earth.

CO4. Stratigraphy & Basin: Analyze Stratigraphic and Sedimentological Data base.

CO5. Structural Geology: Apply concepts of stress and strain for Geological problems.

CO6. Palaeontology: Recognize the evolution of organisms through geological time and their

importance in exploration.

CATALOG DESCRIPTION

Geology is the basic requirement for scientists or engineers that are involve in exploration including

petroleum and mineral exploration, groundwater exploration and management, contaminants and

salinity evaluation, state and government geological surveys, defence science as well as academic

research. This course provides the background or understanding for a career in Geosciences,

exploration and environmental studies. It is distributed into six sections: (i) Mineralogy and

petrology, deals with introduction, general classification of minerals and rocks. This also tells about

formation of rocks and their basic characters. (ii) Structure of Earth, this gives knowledge about

formation of earth, its different parts and how they are formed. (iii) Geological Processes, it is about

the processes that operates inside and on the surface of the earth. How these processes evolve and

they modify the structures and their significance. (iv) Stratigraphy & Basin, this unit deals with the

principles of stratigraphy. The formation of sediments, their structures in relation to each other and

PEGS 2001 Introductory Geology L T P C

Version 1.0 3 0 0 3

Pre-requisites/Exposure Basic knowledge of physics, chemistry and biology.

Co-requisites --

Page 59: B.Tech. APPLIED PETROLEUM ENGINEERING-UPSTREAM · 81,9(56,7< 2) 3(752/(80 (1(5*< 678',(6 362 7r ohduq ydulrxv w\shv ri guloolqj uljv dqg lwv frpsrqhqwv vxfk dv srzhu v\vwhpv ioxlg

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES

their documentation in geological time. (v) Structural Geology, it is about the structures that we

observe on the surface of the earth. How these structures develop and their significance. (vi)

Paleontology, this unit deals with the early organism that lived in earlier times and now most of

them are extinct only their remains are present. This course gives an overview of the geology of the

Earth.

Course Content UNIT I: 08 LECTURE HOURS

Introduction to Minerals, Physical and Chemical properties of minerals, classification of minerals,

Introduction to Igneous, Sedimentary and Metamorphic rocks.

UNIT II: 06 LECTURE HOURS

Introduction, Origin of Earth, Theories for Origin of Earth, Exterior of Earth, Interior of Earth.

UNIT III: 06 LECTURE HOURS

Geological work of Wind, River and Ocean. Plate Tectonics, Present Plate Configuration, Types of

Collision, Types of Continental Margin.

UNIT IV: 05 LECTURE HOURS

Stratigraphy Stratigraphic Principles, Type Section, Type Location and Type Area, Geological Time

Scale and Evolution of time, Lithostratigraphy, Biostratigraphy, Chronostratigraphy,

Magnetostratigraphy, Stratigraphic Correlation, Indian Stratigraphy, Introduction, Tertiary

sedimentary basin, Mesozoic sedimentary basin. Mechanism of Sedimentary Basin Formation,

Basin of Active, Passive Margins, Intracratonic Basins, Strike Slip Basins.

UNIT V: 05 LECTURE HOURS

Stress and Strain : Related concepts, Rock deformation patterns, Folds: Geometry, Mechanism and

Classification of Folds, Faults: Geometry, Mechanism and Classification of Faults, Joints:

Morphology and Mechanism, Shear Zones: Morphology and Mechanism, Salt Domes: Morphology

and Mechanism.

UNIT VI: 06 LECTURE HOURS

Paleontology: Introduction to Paleontology, Fossils and Fossilization, Introduction and Importance of

Invertebrate Paleontology. Micro-Paleontology: Morphology and Distribution of Microfossils

(Foraminifera, Radiolaria, Conodonts, Ostracodes, Diatoms and Palynology), Importance of

Microfossils in Petroleum Exploration.

Text Books

1. Mahapatra, G.B., Textbook of Geology. 2. Bangar, K.M., Principals of Engineering Geology. 3. Mukherjee, P.K., Textbook of Geology. 4. Parbin Singh, Engineering & General Geology.

Page 60: B.Tech. APPLIED PETROLEUM ENGINEERING-UPSTREAM · 81,9(56,7< 2) 3(752/(80 (1(5*< 678',(6 362 7r ohduq ydulrxv w\shv ri guloolqj uljv dqg lwv frpsrqhqwv vxfk dv srzhu v\vwhpv ioxlg

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES

5. Kumar, Ravindra, Fundamentals of Historical Geology And Stratigraphy Of India. 6. Bogg Jr., Sam, Principles of Sedimentology and Stratigraphy.

Reference Books

1. Prothero, D.R., Bringing Fossils to Life - an Introduction to Paleontology. McGrawHill, Boston, etc., 1998

2. Thornburry, W.D., Principles of Geomorphology Second Edition. 3. Condie, Kent C., Plate Tectonics, Fourth Edition. 4. Manual of Mineralogy (after James D. Dana), 21st Edition, Revised Hardcover – July 27,

1998, by Cornelis Klein. 5. Krishnan, M. S., Geology of India and Burma. 6. Ghosh, S. K., Structural Geology: Fundamentals and Modern Developments. 7. Billings, M.P., Structural Geology. 8. Black, Rhona M., The Elements of Palaeontology, 2nd Edition.

Modes of Evaluation: Quiz/Assignment/ presentation/ extempore/ Written Examination Examination Scheme:

Components Internal Assessment

MSE ESE

Weightage (%) 30 20 50

Relationship between the Course Outcomes (COs) and Program Outcomes (POs)

Mapping between COs and POs

Course Outcomes (COs) Mapped Programme

Outcomes

CO1 Mineralogy & Petrology: Identify different type of Minerals and Rocks.

PO1, PO2, PO3, PO9, PSO1, PSO2

CO2 Earth & Its Structure: Understand the formation of the Earth and its parts.

PO1, PSO1, PSO2

CO3 Geological Processes: Apprehend different processes that operate inside or at the surface of the Earth.

PO1, PO2, PSO1, PSO2

CO4 Stratigraphy & Basin: Analyze Stratigraphic and Sedimentological Data base.

PO1, PO2, PO4, PO5, PO10, PO12, PSO1, PSO2, PSO3, PSO4

CO5 Structural Geology: Apply concepts of stress and strain for Geological problems.

PO1, PO2, PO3, PO4, PO6, PSO1, PSO2, PSO3

CO6 Paleontology: Recognize the evolution of organisms through geological time and their importance in exploration.

PO5, PO7, PO9, PO10, PSO1

Page 61: B.Tech. APPLIED PETROLEUM ENGINEERING-UPSTREAM · 81,9(56,7< 2) 3(752/(80 (1(5*< 678',(6 362 7r ohduq ydulrxv w\shv ri guloolqj uljv dqg lwv frpsrqhqwv vxfk dv srzhu v\vwhpv ioxlg

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES

1=Weakly mapped 2= Moderately mapped 3=Strongly mapped

Course Code

Course Title

PO1

PO2

PO3

PO4

PO5

PO6

PO7

PO8

PO9

PO10

P O 11

P O 12

PS O 1

PS O 2

PS O 3

PS O 4

EASC 105

Introductory Geology

3 3 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 3 3 1 1

Page 62: B.Tech. APPLIED PETROLEUM ENGINEERING-UPSTREAM · 81,9(56,7< 2) 3(752/(80 (1(5*< 678',(6 362 7r ohduq ydulrxv w\shv ri guloolqj uljv dqg lwv frpsrqhqwv vxfk dv srzhu v\vwhpv ioxlg

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES

Page 63: B.Tech. APPLIED PETROLEUM ENGINEERING-UPSTREAM · 81,9(56,7< 2) 3(752/(80 (1(5*< 678',(6 362 7r ohduq ydulrxv w\shv ri guloolqj uljv dqg lwv frpsrqhqwv vxfk dv srzhu v\vwhpv ioxlg

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES

COURSE OBJECTIVES

1. To help the students understand the types of drilling fluids and their functions.

2. To enable students to understand the fundamentals of fluid flow through the circulation

system.

3. To enable students to understand the methods and techniques used for pressure drop

estimation.

4. To empower students with the expertise of understanding internal flows such as pipe flows,

annular flows and turbulent flows in industry.

5. To equip students with necessary engineering skills such as solving engineering problems in

a professional way.

COURSE OUTCOMES

On completion of this course, the students will be able to

1. Understanding of the Drilling fluids functions and Properties. .

2. Understand different types of fluid flow behaviour through bit nozzles and through the drill

string.

3. Development of different modelling concepts for designing a particular type of fluid.

4. Evaluate and analyse the effect of different pressures on mud efficiency.

5. Selection of optimized fluid for a particular reservoir condition.

6. Understand the effects of impact force and Hydraulic horse power on bit efficiency

CATALOG DESCRIPTION

This course aims to provide basic understanding of drilling hydraulics, the methods and techniques

used for pressure drop estimation, overview of drilling fluid rheology and how it affects drilling

hydraulics. Fluid flows are important in many scientific and technological problems including

petroleum engineering, chemical engineering, automotive design, atmospheric and oceanic

circulation, renewable energy generation, buildings and industrial processes, and biological

processes such as the flow of blood. The course begins with a description of different fluid

properties and covers the basic conservation laws of mass, momentum and energy. The students

will learn the fundamentals of fluid flow. The students will thus get an adequate exposure to internal

flows such as pipe flows in industry as well as annular flows and turbulent flows. Further, being a

PEAU2003 DRILLING HYDRAULICS L T P C

Version 1.0 4 0 0 4 Pre-requisites/Exposure Basic Chemistry, Basics of Drilling Operations Co-requisites Fluid Mechanics

Page 64: B.Tech. APPLIED PETROLEUM ENGINEERING-UPSTREAM · 81,9(56,7< 2) 3(752/(80 (1(5*< 678',(6 362 7r ohduq ydulrxv w\shv ri guloolqj uljv dqg lwv frpsrqhqwv vxfk dv srzhu v\vwhpv ioxlg

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES

rigorous course on problem-solving, it will acquaint students with engineering problem-solving

approaches. The lectures will be both presentation and board based so that the students have a

better visualization of the concepts. The students are divided into groups for their assignment and

the class tests are divided into open book and conventional.

Course Content UNIT I: INTRODUCTION & OVERVIEW 13 LECTURE HOURS

Functions of Drilling Mud, Type of Drilling Mud-Water Based Muds and its types, Oil based Muds,

Emulsion Muds, Fundamental Properties of Mud- Mud Weight, Rheological properties of mud, Gel

strength, Filter and Filter cake, pH of mud, Mud Calculations, Mud Contaminants

UNIT II: MODELING CONCEPTS 12 LECTURE HOURS

Types of fluid flow – Laminar flow, Turbulent flow, Criteria for type of flow, Type of fluid –Newtonian

, Non Newtonian, Bingham Plastic Fluid, Power Law fluid,

Derivations for Laminar Flow Equations, Critical Velocity in annular flow, Derivations for Turbulent

Flow Equations, Numerical Problems.

UNIT III: PRESSURE LOSS ANALYSIS 14 LECTURE HOURS

Introduction to Pressure Losses, Annular Pressure Losses, Pressure drop across Bit, Pressure losses

inside drill pipe and pressure losses inside drill collars, pressure losses around drill pipe, pressure

losses around drill collars, Optimization of Bit hydraulics-maximum bit hydraulic horsepower,

maximum impact force, Nozzle Selection.

UNIT IV: RIG HYDRAULICS 9 LECTURE HOURS

Hopkin’s Particle Slip Velocity Chart, Orbital Motion of the Drill String, Surge and Swab Pressures for

short and long pipe strings, Equivalent Circulating Density, Torque and Drag along the hole

components of force.

Text Books

1) H.Rabia, Oil Well Drilling Engineering-Principles and Practices, Entrac Software,1988. 2) Bourgoyne, Applied_Drilling_Engineering (SPE Textbook Series-1984)[1] 3) Max R. Annis, Martin V. Smith, Drilling Fluids Technology, EXXON COMPANY,

U.S.A, 1974.

Reference Books 5) Applied Drilling Engineering by Author: Adam T. Bourgoyne Jr, Martin K. Millheim

Publisher: Society of Petroleum Engineering Publication, ISBN No: 1555630014 6) Drilling Fluids Optimization A Practical Field Approach Author: J. L. Lummus,

Publisher: Pennwell Corp, ISBN: 0878143068.

Page 65: B.Tech. APPLIED PETROLEUM ENGINEERING-UPSTREAM · 81,9(56,7< 2) 3(752/(80 (1(5*< 678',(6 362 7r ohduq ydulrxv w\shv ri guloolqj uljv dqg lwv frpsrqhqwv vxfk dv srzhu v\vwhpv ioxlg

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES

Modes of Evaluation: Quiz/Assignment/ presentation/ extempore/ Written Examination

Examination Scheme:

Components MSE Class Test/Assignment/ Quiz ESE

Weightage (%) 20 30 50

Relationship between the Course Outcomes (COs) and Program Outcomes (POs)

1=weakly mapped 2= moderately mapped 3=strongly mapped

Mapping between COs and POs

Course Outcomes (COs) Mapped

Programme Outcomes

CO1 Understanding of the Drilling fluids functions and Properties.

PO2, PO3, PO9, PO11,PSO2

CO2 Understand different types of fluid flow behavior through bit nozzles and through the drill string. .

PO1, PO2, PO3, PO4, PO6,PSO2.

CO3 Development of different modelling concepts for designing a particular type of fluid.

PO1, PO2, PO6, PO10, PSO2

CO4

Evaluate and analyze the effect of different pressures on mud efficiency.

PO1, PO8, PO10, PO11,PSO2

CO5 Selection of optimized fluid for a particular reservoir condition.

PO1, PO4, PO5, PO6,

PO10,PSO2,PSO4

CO6 Understand the effects of impact force and Hydraulic horse power on bit efficiency.

PO1, PO2, PO3, PO4, PO5, PO11,

PO12,PSO2

Course Code

Course Title

PO1

PO2

PO3

PO4

PO5

PO6

PO7

PO8

PO9

PO10

P O 11

P O 12

PS O 1

PS O 2

PS O 3

PS O 4

PEAU2003

Drilling Hydraulics

2 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 3 1

Page 66: B.Tech. APPLIED PETROLEUM ENGINEERING-UPSTREAM · 81,9(56,7< 2) 3(752/(80 (1(5*< 678',(6 362 7r ohduq ydulrxv w\shv ri guloolqj uljv dqg lwv frpsrqhqwv vxfk dv srzhu v\vwhpv ioxlg

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES

COURSE OBJECTIVES

1. To make the students realize the importance of numerical methods.

2. To enable students to understand the mechanism of iterative techniques.

3. To enable students derive appropriate numerical methods to solve a linear system of equations.

4. To make the students able to solve ODEs and PDEs numerically.

COURSE OUTCOMES

On completion of this course, the students will be able to

1. Understand the concept of error and implement iterative and non-iterative numerical

methods to solve single variable algebraic and transcendental equations.

2. Interpolate and extrapolate values of the dependent variable from equally and unequally

spaced data.

3. Perform numerical differentiation and integration from the available discrete data.

4. Solve the system of linear algebraic equations both by direct and iterative methods.

5. Apply numerical techniques to solve initial value problems in ODEs.

6. Solve the BVPs in ODEs and PDEs using finite difference technique.

CATALOG DESCRIPTION

Numerical methods deal with the study of algorithms that use numerical approximation for the

problems arising in science and engineering. The course is aimed to provide the knowledge of

numerical methods for solving a variety of mathematical models. It deals with the basic definitions,

properties of various finite difference operators and their applications to engineering problems

associated with polynomial interpolation, differentiation and integration from the given tabular

data. It discusses various algorithms associated with the technique of finding zeros of the algebraic

and transcendental equations. This course also provides a detailed knowledge of various direct and

iterative methods to solve system of linear algebraic equations. Several techniques will be

discussed for solving initial value problems of ordinary differential equations. The students will also

get insight into the solutions of boundary value problems in both ordinary and partial differential

equations.

MATH 2002 APPLIED NUMERICAL METHODS L T P C

Version 1.0 3 1 0 4

Pre-requisites/Exposure Mathematics up to B.Tech 3rd semester

Co-requisites --

Page 67: B.Tech. APPLIED PETROLEUM ENGINEERING-UPSTREAM · 81,9(56,7< 2) 3(752/(80 (1(5*< 678',(6 362 7r ohduq ydulrxv w\shv ri guloolqj uljv dqg lwv frpsrqhqwv vxfk dv srzhu v\vwhpv ioxlg

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES

Course Content UNIT I: ERROR ANALYSIS, SOLUTION OF ALGEBRAIC & TRANSCENDENTAL EQUATIONS (08 LECTURE

HOURS)

Exact and approximate numbers, rounding off numbers, significant digits, correct digits, various

types of errors encountered in computations, propagation of errors, Bisection and Fixed Point,

Iteration method with convergence criteria, Regula Falsi and Secant methods with convergence

criteria, Newton-Raphson method with convergence criteria

UNIT II: FINITE DIFFERENCE OPERATORS, INTERPOLATION, EXTRAPOLATION, NUMERICAL

DIFFERENTIATION (13 LECTURE HOURS)

Introduction to finite difference operators and properties, Factorial notation and Missing term

techniques, Newton’s Forward and Backward Interpolation, Gauss’ Forward and Backward

Interpolation, Stirling’s and Bessel’s Interpolation, Interpolation of unevenly spaced data by

Lagrange’s and Newton’s divided difference formula, Numerical Differentiation

UNIT III: NUMERICAL INTEGRATION, SOLUTIONS OF SIMULTANEOUS LINEAR EQUATIONS &

ORDINARY DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS (13 LECTURE HOURS)

Numerical Integration: Trapezoidal, Simpson’s 1/3 and 3/8 rules with error terms, Composite

integral methods: Trapezoidal, Simpson’s 1/3 and 3/8 rules, Gauss Legendre 2-points and 3-points

formulae, LU Decomposition, Doolittle, Crouts and Cholesky methods, Gauss Jacobi & Gauss Seidel

methods with convergence criteria, Taylor’s series method, Euler’s method, Modified Euler’s

method, 2nd and 4th order Runge-Kutta method, Milne Predictor Corrector method

UNIT IV: SOLUTIONS OF ORDINARY AND PARTIAL DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS BY FINITE DIFFERENCE

METHODS (8 LECTURE HOURS)

Finite difference approximations, Solution of 2 point BVP, Five point finite difference

approximations, Liebmann’s Iteration process, Explicit and Implicit methods: Bendre - Schmidt

Process, Crank-Nicholson method

Text Books 1. Jain, M. K., Iyengar, S. R. K., Jain, R. K., Numerical Methods for Scientific and

Engineering Computation, New Age International, ISBN 9788122420012. 2. Sastry, S. S., Introductory Methods of Numerical Analysis, PHI Learning, India,

ISBN: 9788120345928. 3. Bala Guru Swamy, E., Numerical Methods, Tata McGraw Hill, India,

ISBN: 0074633112.

Reference Books 1. Gerald, F. C., Wheatley, P. O., Applied Numerical Analysis, Pearson India,

ISBN 9788131717400. 2. Pal, S., Numerical methods: Principles, analyses, and algorithms, Oxford University

Page 68: B.Tech. APPLIED PETROLEUM ENGINEERING-UPSTREAM · 81,9(56,7< 2) 3(752/(80 (1(5*< 678',(6 362 7r ohduq ydulrxv w\shv ri guloolqj uljv dqg lwv frpsrqhqwv vxfk dv srzhu v\vwhpv ioxlg

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES

Press, New Delhi, ISBN: 9780195693751.

Modes of Evaluation: Class tests/Assignment/Tutorial Assessment/Written Examination Examination Scheme:

Components Tutorial/Faculty Assessment

Class Tests MSE ESE

Weightage (%) 15 15 20 50

Relationship between the Course Outcomes (COs) and Program Outcomes (POs)

Mapping between COs and POs

Course Outcomes (COs) Mapped

Programme Outcomes

CO1

Understand the concept of error and implement iterative and non-iterative numerical methods to find numerical solutions of single variable algebraic and transcendental equations.

PO1, PO5

CO2 Interpolate and extrapolate values of the dependent variable from equally and unequally spaced data.

PO1, PO5

CO3 Perform numerical differentiation and integration from the available discrete data. PO1, PO5

CO4 Solve the system of linear algebraic equations both by direct and iterative methods. PO1, PO5

CO5 Apply numerical techniques to solve initial value problems in ODEs. PO1, PO5

CO6 Solve the BVPs in ODEs and PDEs using finite difference technique. PO1, PO5

Page 69: B.Tech. APPLIED PETROLEUM ENGINEERING-UPSTREAM · 81,9(56,7< 2) 3(752/(80 (1(5*< 678',(6 362 7r ohduq ydulrxv w\shv ri guloolqj uljv dqg lwv frpsrqhqwv vxfk dv srzhu v\vwhpv ioxlg

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES

E

ngin

eeri

ng K

now

ledg

e

Pro

blem

ana

lysi

s

Des

ign/

deve

lopm

ent o

f so

luti

ons

Con

duct

inve

stig

atio

ns o

f co

mpl

ex p

robl

ems

Mod

ern

tool

usa

ge

The

eng

inee

r an

d so

ciet

y

Env

iron

men

t and

sus

tain

abili

ty

Eth

ics

Indi

vidu

al o

r te

am w

ork

Com

mun

icat

ion

Pro

ject

man

agem

ent a

nd f

inan

ce

Lif

e-lo

ng L

earn

ing

Course Code

Course Title PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12

MATH 3001

Applied Numerical Methods

3 2

1=weakly mapped 2= moderately mapped 3=strongly mapped

Model Question Paper

Name:

Enrolment No:

Course: MATH 2002 – Applied Numerical Methods Programme: B.Tech Semester: IV/V/VI (2017-18) Time: 03 hrs. Max. Marks: 100 Instructions: Attempt all questions from Section A (each carrying 4 marks); all questions from Section B (each carrying 8 marks) and all questions from Section C (carrying 20 marks).

SECTION A (Attempt all questions)

1. Explain Absolute, Relative and Percentage errors with relevant examples.

[4] CO

1

Page 70: B.Tech. APPLIED PETROLEUM ENGINEERING-UPSTREAM · 81,9(56,7< 2) 3(752/(80 (1(5*< 678',(6 362 7r ohduq ydulrxv w\shv ri guloolqj uljv dqg lwv frpsrqhqwv vxfk dv srzhu v\vwhpv ioxlg

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES

2. From an experiment we get the following values of a function 𝑓(𝑥) for

certain values of 𝑥: 𝑥 0 1 2 5

𝑓(𝑥) 2 3 12 147 By using Lagrange’s formula of interpolation for unequal intervals, represent the function 𝑓(𝑥) approximately by a polynomial of degree 3.

[4] CO

2

3. The value of the integral ∫ 𝑥 𝑑𝑥 by Trapezoidal rule is 2 (1 + 9 ) +

𝛼 + 𝛽 + 7 for 𝑛 = 4. Find the value of 𝛼 and 𝛽. [4]

CO3

4. Using Newton Raphson method, find an iterative scheme to compute the cube root of a positive number. [4]

CO1

5. Perform two iterations of Picard’s method to find an approximate solution of the initial value problem

𝑑𝑦

𝑑𝑥= 𝑥 + 𝑦 ; 𝑦(0) = 1

[4] CO

5

SECTION B (Q6-Q9 are compulsory and Q10 has internal choice)

6. Use Simpson’s rule to find the value of the definite integral ∫ 𝑒 | | 𝑑𝑥 by

dividing the range of integration (−1,1) into four equal parts. Compare this result with the exact value of the integral and hence compute the approximate value of 𝑒.

[8]

CO3

7. Solve the following system of equations by Gauss Seidel iterative method: 10𝑥 + 2𝑦 + 𝑧 = 9 2𝑥 + 20𝑦 − 2𝑧 = −44 −2𝑥 + 3𝑦 + 10𝑧 = 22 correct to two places of decimal.

[8] CO

4

8. Using finite difference method, solve for y given the differential equation

+ 1 + 𝑦 = 0 and the boundary conditions y(0)=y(1)=0 by taking

h=0.25.

[8] CO

6

9. Evaluate the values of y(0.1) and y(0.2) given 𝑦 = 𝑥 + 𝑦 , 𝑦(0) = 1 by using Modified Euler’s method. [8]

CO5

Page 71: B.Tech. APPLIED PETROLEUM ENGINEERING-UPSTREAM · 81,9(56,7< 2) 3(752/(80 (1(5*< 678',(6 362 7r ohduq ydulrxv w\shv ri guloolqj uljv dqg lwv frpsrqhqwv vxfk dv srzhu v\vwhpv ioxlg

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES

10. (a) If 𝑦 is a function of x,(x=1to7) whose fifth differences are constant and

given that 𝑦 + 𝑦 = −786, 𝑦 + 𝑦 = 686, and 𝑦 + 𝑦 = 1088, find 𝑦 . OR

(b) Find 𝑓(32) by using central difference formula from the following table: X 25 30 35 40

f(x) 0.2707 0.3027 0.3386 0.3794

[8] CO

2

SECTION C (Q11 is compulsory, Q12 has internal choice)

11.A

Estimate 𝑦(1) if 2𝑦𝑦 = 𝑥 and 𝑦(0) = 2 using Runge-Kutta method of fourth order by taking ℎ = 0.5. Also compare the result with the exact value.

[10]

CO5

11. B

Using Crank Nicholoson’s scheme, solve

𝜕𝑢

𝜕𝑡=

1

16

𝜕 𝑢

𝜕𝑥, 0 < 𝑥 < 1, 𝑡 > 0

given that 𝑢(𝑥, 0) = 0, 𝑢(0, 𝑡) = 0, 𝑢(1, 𝑡) = 100𝑡. Compute 𝑢 for two

steps in t direction taking ℎ = .

[10]

CO6

12. Consider 𝑢 + 𝑢 = 0 in 0 ≤ 𝑥 ≤ 4, 0 ≤ 𝑦 ≤ 4 given 𝑢(0, 𝑦) =

0, 𝑢(4, 𝑦) = 12 + 𝑦 𝑢(𝑥, 0) = 3𝑥 and 𝑢(𝑥, 4) = 𝑥 with ℎ = 𝑘 = 1.Find the initial approximate solutions using standard or diagonal five point formulae and also obtain the solutions correct to two decimal points.

OR

Solve 𝑢 + 𝑢 = −10(x + 𝑦 + 10) over the square mesh with sides x=0, y=0, x=3, y=3 with u=0 on the boundary and mesh length 1 unit. Use an appropriate numerical technique to solve the linear equations obtained.

[20]

CO6

Page 72: B.Tech. APPLIED PETROLEUM ENGINEERING-UPSTREAM · 81,9(56,7< 2) 3(752/(80 (1(5*< 678',(6 362 7r ohduq ydulrxv w\shv ri guloolqj uljv dqg lwv frpsrqhqwv vxfk dv srzhu v\vwhpv ioxlg

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES

COURSE OBJECTIVES

1. To introduce students to the starting point of the Oil and Gas industry, which is Geology and

further into that part of Geology that deals with Petroleum

2. To enable students to be able to think back in time, imagine scenarios that must have been

on earth millions of years back, that led to formation of Sedimentary Rocks

3. To help students realize that it is OK to have to deal with several theories none of which can

be totally proved or disproved and that Geology is a combination of art, science and

imagination

4. To be able to understand that all physical earth processes that are acting today must have

acted in similar way in the past and therefore there can be a systematic study of the past

that could lead to better understanding of the processes that form Sedimentary Rocks and

origin of Petroleum in such rock

5. To learn the latest techniques used in Exploration work like Sequence Stratigraphy, facies

Analysis and use the concepts of Petroleum Systems approach

COURSE OUTCOMES

On completion of this course, the students will be able to

CO1. Understand Rock Textures and be able to identify from Samples, basic Petro-physical

properties

CO2. Recognize different sedimentary structures and their associated physical processes

CO3. Able to recognize and classify different Facies using industry techniques

CO4. Identify Basic System Tracts from Seismic Maps of Marginal Marine environments

CO5. Understand the concepts of Origin of Petroleum, Maturation, Source Rock evaluation

techniques, Migration and Accumulation, Composition of Crude etc.

CO6. Learn the 5 basic elements of Petroleum Systems concept and be able to apply in a Case

study

CATALOG DESCRIPTION

The Course is the most fundamental course that forms the starting point of the Oil and Gas industry.

It has been designed to be a seamless mix of Sedimentary Geology, which covers the Sedimentary

processes of formation, transport followed by sedimentary depositional environments and facies

PEGS2002 Sedimentary and Petroleum Geology L T P C

Version 1.0 3 0 0 3 Pre-requisites/Exposure Successful completion of EASC-105 Introductory Geology Co-requisites --

Page 73: B.Tech. APPLIED PETROLEUM ENGINEERING-UPSTREAM · 81,9(56,7< 2) 3(752/(80 (1(5*< 678',(6 362 7r ohduq ydulrxv w\shv ri guloolqj uljv dqg lwv frpsrqhqwv vxfk dv srzhu v\vwhpv ioxlg

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES

development, followed by Stratigraphy to determine the order and timing of events in Earth history.

In the later part the focus is on Petroleum Geology that deals with the origins of petroleum and gas,

of the accumulation conditions, and of the techniques to find and exploit hydrocarbons. Towards the

end there is an emphasis on the modern Petroleum Systems approach

Course Content UNIT I: 5 LECTURE HOURS

Sedimentary Rock Textures and its significance: Grain Shape, Grain Size, Sorting, Maturity

UNIT II: 5 LECTURE HOURS

Sedimentary structures: Flume Experiment, Laminar and Turbulent Flow, Bedload, Traction and

Suspension sedimentation, Erosional structures, Depositional and Post Depositional structures

UNIT III: 5 LECTURE HOURS

Lithification and Diagenesis: Early & late diagenesis, Compaction, Cementation, Porosity &

Permeability evolution

UNIT IV: 4 LECTURE HOURS

Classification and Description of Sedimentary Rocks: Rudaceous Rocks: Polymictic, Oligomictic,

Intraformational, Extraformation, Ortho-conglomerate, Para-conglomerate, Arenaceous Rocks:

Arenite, Arkose, Lithic arenite, Greywack, Argillaceous Rocks: Mudstone, Shale, Argillite, Marl,

Carbonate Rocks: Limestone and Dolomite, Evaporite Rocks: Gypsum, Anhydrite, Halite

UNIT V: 3 LECTURE HOURS

Concept of Facies and Sedimentary Environments: Facies concept, Lacustrine, Fluvial, Deltaic

environments, Linear clastic Shoreline, Barrier Island system, Carbonate platform, Deep sea basin

UNIT VI: 5 LECTURE HOURS

Sequence Stratigraphy: Eustasy, Sea level, Subsidence & Tectonics, System tract and sequence

boundary, Seismic facies and sequence analysis

UNIT VII: 3 LECTURE HOURS

Petroleum Geology: Composition of Petroleum and Natural gas: Oil field waters, Origin and

occurrence of Petroleum: Theory of origin: Organic & Inorganic Type of organic matter, Production

UNIT VIII: 3 LECTURE HOURS

Primary and secondary migration, factors controlling accumulation, Concept of Petroleum Province,

System and Plays

Text Books

1. Sedimentary Rocks – Pettijohn 2. Geology of Petroleum – A Leverson

Reference Books

Page 74: B.Tech. APPLIED PETROLEUM ENGINEERING-UPSTREAM · 81,9(56,7< 2) 3(752/(80 (1(5*< 678',(6 362 7r ohduq ydulrxv w\shv ri guloolqj uljv dqg lwv frpsrqhqwv vxfk dv srzhu v\vwhpv ioxlg

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES

1. Applied Sedimentology by Richard c Selly

2. Elements of Petroleum Geology by Richard C Selly

3. Sedimentology and Stratigraphy by Gary Nicols

4. Principles of Sequence Stratigraphy book by Octavian Catuneanu

Modes of Evaluation: Quiz/Assignment/ presentation/ extempore/ Written Examination Examination Scheme:

Components Internal Assessment

MSE ESE

Weightage (%) 30 20 50

Relationship between the Course Outcomes (COs) and Program Outcomes (POs)

1=Weakly mapped 2= Moderately mapped 3=Strongly mapped

Mapping between COs and POs

Course Outcomes (COs) Mapped Programme

Outcomes

CO1 Understand Rock Textures and be able to identify from Samples, basic Petro-physical properties

PO1, PSO1, PSO2

CO2 Recognize different sedimentary structures and their associated physical processes

PO1, PO2, PSO1, PSO2

CO3 Able to recognize and classify different Facies using industry techniques

PO1, PO2, PSO1, PSO2, PSO3

CO4 Identify Basic System Tracts from Seismic Maps of Marginal Marine environments

PO1, PO2, PO4, PO5, PO10, PSO1, PSO2, PSO3

CO5 Understand the concepts of Origin of Petroleum, Maturation, Source Rock evaluation techniques, Migration and Accumulation, Composition of Crude

PO1, PO2, PO3, PO7, PO9, PO10, PSO1, PSO2, PSO4

CO6 Learn the 5 basic elements of Petroleum Systems concept and be able to apply in a Case study

PO1, PO2, PO3, PO4, PO5, PO6, PO7, PO9, PSO1, PSO2, PSO4

Course Code Course Title

PO1

PO2

PO3

PO4

PO5

PO6

PO7

PO8

PO9

PO10

P O 11

P O 12

PS O 1

PS O 2

PS O 3

PSO 4

EASC 206

Sedimentary and Petroleum Geology

3 3 2 2 2 1 1 2 3 3 2 2

Page 75: B.Tech. APPLIED PETROLEUM ENGINEERING-UPSTREAM · 81,9(56,7< 2) 3(752/(80 (1(5*< 678',(6 362 7r ohduq ydulrxv w\shv ri guloolqj uljv dqg lwv frpsrqhqwv vxfk dv srzhu v\vwhpv ioxlg

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES

COURSE OBJECTIVES

1. To help the students understand the risks in well construction.

2. To enable students to understand the well design procedure.

3. To enable students to understand the types of directional drilling techniques.

4. To empower students with the expertise of understanding different procedures of well

control.

5. To equip students with necessary engineering skills such as solving engineering problems in

a professional way.

COURSE OUTCOMES

On completion of this course, the students will be able to

CO1. Understanding of different drilling rig components and drilling systems.

CO2. Evaluate the different types of muds, drilling systems and Bits and Drill String.

CO3. Evaluate the application of Casing and Cementing Operation.

CO4. Analyze the importance of Directional Drilling and designing of any drilling process before

operating it.

CO5. Examine the various methods of well control and different well control Equipment’s.

CO6. Examine the various instruments that come under well completion and methods of Drilling

fluids disposal methods.

CATALOG DESCRIPTION

This course aims to provide basic understanding of drilling operations, the overview of well

construction procedures, the methods involved in well designing, casing and selection of types of

cement, Applications of directional drilling tools, different well control methods and monitoring of

well execution and real time operations This basic drilling technology course addresses the

technology used to drill wells from a fundamental view point. Equipment and procedures involved

with drilling oil and gas wells are described for those who are interested in understanding the

drilling process. The course begins with an overview of well construction procedure and covers all

the basic concepts related to directional drilling, well control and other drilling operations. The

students will learn the fundamentals drilling operations. The students will thus get an adequate

PEAU2004 DRILLING ENGINEERING AND WELL COMPLETIONS

L T P C

Version 1.0 4 0 0 4 Pre-requisites/Exposure Basic Chemistry, Basics of Rig Components and their

functions. Co-requisites Basic knowledge of mathematics and Fluid Mechanics.

Page 76: B.Tech. APPLIED PETROLEUM ENGINEERING-UPSTREAM · 81,9(56,7< 2) 3(752/(80 (1(5*< 678',(6 362 7r ohduq ydulrxv w\shv ri guloolqj uljv dqg lwv frpsrqhqwv vxfk dv srzhu v\vwhpv ioxlg

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES

exposure to different drilling components and thus helpful for the understanding of different drilling

operations like cementation and casings. Further, being a rigorous course on problem-solving, it will

acquaint students with engineering problem-solving approaches. The lectures will be both

presentation and board based so that the students have a better visualization of the concepts. The

students are divided into groups for their assignment and the class tests are divided into open book

and conventional.

Course Content UNIT I: UNIT-1: INTRODUCTION TO DRILLING RIG COMPONENTS 12 LECTURE HOURS

Well Life Cycle and drilling process overview, Drilling and Cable Tool Drilling, Rotary Drilling. Rig

Components and Equipment’s, Introduction to well barriers, Well casings: Types, functions and

making a casing program, Drilling Fluid: Properties, Additives, Mud program, Drilling Bit: Type and

features

UNIT II: FUNDAMENTALS OF DRILL STRING & WELL CONTROL 12 LECTURE HOURS

Drill String basics, Basics of Drill String design: Netural point, buckling, tensional, torisonal load

determination, BHA: Characteristics and selection criterial.

Oil field pressures, Kick causes and indicators, well control equipments, Types of well control, leak-

off test, Kick tolerance, MAASP concepts , Methods of well control – Driller’s and W&W method, Kill

sheets

UNIT III: OIL WELL CEMENTING 08 LECTURE HOURS

Fundamental of Primary Cementing Operations, Cement Additive and additive calculations

Various Cementing operations, evaluation of Cement jobs and cementing calculations for various

casing strings

UNIT IV: DIRECTIONAL DRILLING, MWD & LWD, HORIZONTAL, MULTILATERAL & ERD WELLS. 10

LECTURE HOURS

DD reference systems, directional terminologies, Directional well planning ,Horizontal and

Multilateral ERD Wells, MWD & LWD.

UNIT V: WELL COMPLETIONS 06 LECTURE HOURS

Introduction to well completion, Completion functions, operations and design process, Completion

architecture and equipment selection, Tubing Specifications, Casing Perforation: Tools and

Practices.

Text Books

1) Applied Drilling Engineering by Author: Adam T. Bourgoyne Jr, Martin K. Millheim Publisher: Society of Petroleum Engineering Publication, ISBN No: 1555630014

Page 77: B.Tech. APPLIED PETROLEUM ENGINEERING-UPSTREAM · 81,9(56,7< 2) 3(752/(80 (1(5*< 678',(6 362 7r ohduq ydulrxv w\shv ri guloolqj uljv dqg lwv frpsrqhqwv vxfk dv srzhu v\vwhpv ioxlg

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES

2) Oil Well Drilling Engineering, Principles & Practice, by Author: Hussain Rabia,

Publisher: Graham & Trotman, ISBN No: 0860107140. 3) Drilling Engineering by Heriot Watt University

Reference Books

7) Formulas and Calculation for Drilling, Production and Workover, by Author: Norton J. Lapeyrouse, ISIN: B001MT21K0D.

8) Drilling Fluids Optimization A Practical Field Approach Author: J. L. Lummus, Publisher: Pennwell Corp, ISBN: 0878143068.

Modes of Evaluation: Quiz/Assignment/ presentation/ extempore/ Written Examination

Examination Scheme:

Components MSE Class Test/Assignment/ Quiz ESE

Weightage (%) 20 30 50

Relationship between the Course Outcomes (COs) and Program Outcomes (POs)

Mapping between COs and POs

Course Outcomes (COs) Mapped

Programme Outcomes

CO1 Understanding of different drilling rig components and drilling systems.

PO2, PO3, PO9, PO11,PSO2

CO2 Evaluate the different types of muds, drilling systems and Bits and Drill String.

PO1, PO2, PO3, PO4, PO6, PSO2.

CO3 Evaluate the application of Casing and Cementing Operation. PO1, PO2, PO6,

PO10, PSO2

CO4 Analyze the importance of Directional Drilling and designing of any drilling process before operating it.

PO1, PO8, PO10, PO11,PSO2

CO5 Examine the various methods of well control and different well control Equipment’s.

PO1, PO4, PO5, PO6,

PO10,PSO2,PSO4

CO6 Examine the various instruments that come under well completion and methods of Drilling fluids disposal methods.

PO1, PO2, PO3, PO4, PO5, PO11,

PO12,PSO2

Course Code

Course Title

PO

PO

PO

PO

PO

PO

PO

PO

PO

PO

P O

P O

PS O

PS O

PS O

PS O

Page 78: B.Tech. APPLIED PETROLEUM ENGINEERING-UPSTREAM · 81,9(56,7< 2) 3(752/(80 (1(5*< 678',(6 362 7r ohduq ydulrxv w\shv ri guloolqj uljv dqg lwv frpsrqhqwv vxfk dv srzhu v\vwhpv ioxlg

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES

1=weakly mapped 2= moderately mapped 3=strongly mapped

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3 4

PEAU2004

Drilling Engineering and Well Completions.

2 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 3 1

Page 79: B.Tech. APPLIED PETROLEUM ENGINEERING-UPSTREAM · 81,9(56,7< 2) 3(752/(80 (1(5*< 678',(6 362 7r ohduq ydulrxv w\shv ri guloolqj uljv dqg lwv frpsrqhqwv vxfk dv srzhu v\vwhpv ioxlg

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES

COURSE OBJECTIVES

1. Students should be able to understand and list various types of scales classification and

their application in surveying measurement.

2. Students should be able to discriminate and diagnose different classification of

Measurements and their properties applicable in surveying analysis

3. Students should be able to analyse and establish maps and plans for various engineering

and survey purposes.

4. Students should be able to apply various practical surveying techniques to prepare different

type maps and their analysis for suitable construction or reconstruction and design.

5. Students able to estimate qualitative and quantitative analyses various engineering

construction and measurement in objects dimension and also planning or execution of

geotechnical engineering based on these properties.

COURSE OUTCOMES

On completion of this course, the students will be able to

CO1. The classification of different types of surveying methods involved in petroleum engineering

techniques and their applications

CO2. Explain and distinguish the various linear and angular reference points to find and calculate

the distance and angles in between the point on earth surface.

CO3. Analyses the advantages and disadvantages of different types of surveying techniques to

improve the construction planning and exploration strategies

CO4. Predict suitable surveying technique for economical prospecting and planning.

CO5. Apply various equations, calculation and drawing to make more precise and accurate survey

and planning in various field of engineering.

CO6 Create various maps and plans for execution of various field of engineering works and

construction.

CATALOG DESCRIPTION

Surveying has been an element in the development of the human environment since the beginning

of recorded history. The planning and execution of most forms of construction require it. It is also to

PEGS2003 SURVEYING L T P C

Version 1.0 3 0 0 3 Pre-requisites/Exposure Basic Knowledge of Geology, Physics, and Math’s Co-requisites Mapping, Trigonometry, Measurement, Planning and

Conversion/ Calculation of area or dimension of objects

Page 80: B.Tech. APPLIED PETROLEUM ENGINEERING-UPSTREAM · 81,9(56,7< 2) 3(752/(80 (1(5*< 678',(6 362 7r ohduq ydulrxv w\shv ri guloolqj uljv dqg lwv frpsrqhqwv vxfk dv srzhu v\vwhpv ioxlg

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES

be used in transport, communications, mapping, and the definition of legal boundaries for land

ownership. Surveyors work with elements

of geometry, trigonometry, regression, physics, engineering, metrology, programming languages,

and the law. They use equipment, such as total stations, robotic total stations, GPS

receivers, retroreflectors, 3D scanners, radios, handheld tablets, digital levels, subsurface locators,

drones, GIS, and software. It is an important tool for research in many other scientific disciplines.

This concern for geometry includes the methods of describing and illustrating the form and

orientation of civil structures, and the solution of various dimensional aspects of these structures.

The students will learn the fundamental laws and processes involved in the various surveying

techniques. The student will also learn the art of fundamental concepts of dimensional analysis,

experimentation, calculation that are involved in preconstruction, post-construction and construction

plans during geotechnical/geological engineering. Apply all idea obtained from this course to better

understanding, approaches and the effective use of commercial and non- commercial applications

to answer suitable solutions for engineering questions arises during geotechnical engineering’s.

Course Content UNIT-I (3 SESSIONS)

Objective, Classification, Principles of Surveying, Scales.

UNIT-II (4 SESSIONS)

Different Methods, Chains, Tapes, Error in Chaining, Tape Corrections. Chain Triangulation, Survey

Stations & Survey Lines, Basic problem’s in Chaining, Ranging Lines, Offsets, Obstacles in Chaining.

UNIT-III (6 SESSIONS)

Introduction to Accuracy, Precision and errors in surveying and their corrections. Plane table

methods of survey

UNIT-IV (5 SESSIONS)

Introduction, Bearings & Angles, Magnetic Declination and its Variation. Introductions to traversing

and its application in survey

UNIT-V (3 SESSIONS)

Basic and methods of compass survey and its and applications is determining angles, distance and

heights of points and locations

UNIT-VI (6 SESSIONS)

Basic Definitions, Method of Levelling, Levelling Instruments, Adjustment of Level, Calculation of

Reduce Level, Problems and Errors in Levelling

UNIT-VII (4 SESSIONS)

Essentials of Transit Theodolite, Temporary and Permanent Adjustments of Transit Theodolite,

Different uses of Theodolite, Sources of Errors.

Page 81: B.Tech. APPLIED PETROLEUM ENGINEERING-UPSTREAM · 81,9(56,7< 2) 3(752/(80 (1(5*< 678',(6 362 7r ohduq ydulrxv w\shv ri guloolqj uljv dqg lwv frpsrqhqwv vxfk dv srzhu v\vwhpv ioxlg

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES

UNIT-VIII (4 SESSIONS)

Introduction, Basic Concepts, Introduction to Various Methods of Tacheometry, Applications,

Sources of Errors

UNIT-IX (4 SESSIONS)

Advance methods of surveying, GPS, GPRS and Total station for better Surveying measurement and

planning.

BooK And References:

1. Surveying - G Singh and J Singh

2. Surveying - Dr. K. Arora

References:

1. Surveying , Vol-I - B.C.Punmia, Ashok.K.Jain & Arun.K.Jain

2. Fundamental of Surveying- S K Roy

3. Surveying Vol-I - S K Duggal

4. Plane surveying - A M Chandra

5. Plane and Geodetic surveying- D Clark Modes of Evaluation: Quiz/Assignment/ presentation/ extempore/ Written Examination Examination Scheme:

Components Internal Assessment

MSE ESE

Weightage (%) 30 ( T:30%, A:40%, Q:20%, At:10%)

20 50

Relationship between the Course Outcomes (COs) and Program Outcomes (POs)

Mapping between COs and POs

Course Outcomes (COs) Mapped

Programme Outcomes

CO1

The classification of different types of surveying methods involved in petroleum engineering techniques and their applications.

PO1, PO2, POS1

CO2 Explain and distinguish the various linear and angular reference points to find and calculate the distance and angles in between the

PO1, PO2, PO3, POS2

Page 82: B.Tech. APPLIED PETROLEUM ENGINEERING-UPSTREAM · 81,9(56,7< 2) 3(752/(80 (1(5*< 678',(6 362 7r ohduq ydulrxv w\shv ri guloolqj uljv dqg lwv frpsrqhqwv vxfk dv srzhu v\vwhpv ioxlg

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES

1=Weakly mapped 2= Moderately mapped 3=Strongly mapped

point on earth surface.

CO3

Analyses the advantages and disadvantages of different types of surveying techniques to improve the construction planning and exploration strategies

PO1, PO3, PO4, PO6, POS3

CO4 Predict suitable surveying technique for economical prospecting and planning

PO1, PO5, PSO2, PSO3

CO5 Apply various equations, calculation and drawing to make more precise and accurate survey and planning in various field of engineering

PO1, PO5, PSO3

CO6 Create various maps and plans for execution of various field of engineering works and construction.

PO1, PO5, PSO3

Course Code

Course Title

PO1

PO2

PO3

PO4

PO5

PO6

PO7

PO8

PO9

PO10

P O 11

P O 12

PS O 1

PS O 2

PS O 3

GNEG 225

Applied Fluid Mechanics

3 3 3 2 0 1 1 0 1 2 2 2 3 3 2

Page 83: B.Tech. APPLIED PETROLEUM ENGINEERING-UPSTREAM · 81,9(56,7< 2) 3(752/(80 (1(5*< 678',(6 362 7r ohduq ydulrxv w\shv ri guloolqj uljv dqg lwv frpsrqhqwv vxfk dv srzhu v\vwhpv ioxlg

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES

Page 84: B.Tech. APPLIED PETROLEUM ENGINEERING-UPSTREAM · 81,9(56,7< 2) 3(752/(80 (1(5*< 678',(6 362 7r ohduq ydulrxv w\shv ri guloolqj uljv dqg lwv frpsrqhqwv vxfk dv srzhu v\vwhpv ioxlg

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES

COURSE OBJECTIVES

1. To understand fundamentals of surface production operations.

2. To understand well fluid properties and separation processes.

3. To enable students to understand basic design principles of facility components and

operations

4. To enable students with basics of well stimulation.

5. To enable students to understand role of corrosion in production systems.

COURSE OUTCOMES

COURSE OUTCOMES: At the end of this course student should be able to achieve

CO1. Well fluid properties, need to process, conceptual processing facility, components and design,

CO2. Emulsions and Demulsification process, source of salt and desalting, design of heater treater

and desalting facility

CO3. Basics of oil and gas measurements, codes and metering skid design

CO4. Storage of oil, design consideration as per relevant API code. Transportation of oil and gas.

Basics of pipeline design, laying, operation and maintenance etc.

CO5. Basics of pumps and compressors, types, selection, installation, operations etc.

CO6. Corrosion in oil field operations, causes, consequences, mitigation etc. Basics of well

stimulation

CATALOG DESCRIPTION

Production Engineering is provides familiarization of the principles and applications of various

theories and techniques for design estimate and maximize production performance in a cost

effective manner. To understand how these techniques are applied in a practical field development

project. To identify the best way of exploiting petroleum reserves, as well as maximizing ultimate

production. This course encompasses application of different disciplines of engineering like

instrumentation mechanical, electrical etc.

Course Content UNIT I: 5 HOURS

PEAU3001 Production Engineering I L T P C

Version 1.0 3 1 0 4 Pre-requisites/Exposure Should have compréhensive knowledge in Chemical Engineering and

Petroleum Engineering.Basic concepts in production of hydrocarbons.

Co-requisites --

Page 85: B.Tech. APPLIED PETROLEUM ENGINEERING-UPSTREAM · 81,9(56,7< 2) 3(752/(80 (1(5*< 678',(6 362 7r ohduq ydulrxv w\shv ri guloolqj uljv dqg lwv frpsrqhqwv vxfk dv srzhu v\vwhpv ioxlg

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES

Field Processing of Oil & Gas, Need to process, Well fluid properties, Stage separation, Separator

function and design

UNIT II: 5 HOURS

Demulsification and Desalting of Crude Oils + Heater Treaters, Types of emulsions, Destabilizing

emulsion, heater treaters,function and design of heater treaters, Source of salt and desalting

processes, Effluent generation and treatment

UNIT III: 3 HOURS

Flow Measurement – Various methods and their selection, Selection-basic theory, Types, API Codes

Installation

UNIT IV: 4 HOURS

Storage of oil.Transportation of Crude Oils ; Gas Pumps and Compressors, Types of pumps and

compressors, Selection basic theory, API codes, Internal details, Installation, operation and

maintenance

UNIT V: 6 HOURS

Storage of oil.Transportation of Crude Oils ; Gas Pumps and Compressors, Types of pumps and

compressors, Selection basic theory, API codes, Internal details, Installation, operation and

maintenance

UNIT VI: 6 HOURS

Pipelines: Construction, Maintenance, Operation and Precautions, Construction codes, Engineering

survey, Statutory requirements, Laying onshore and offshore pipelines, Corrosion in oil industry

UNIT VII: 4 HOURS

Well Stimulation: Method to estimate extent of Formation Damage, Causes, Occurrence, to reduce /

avoid formation Damage.

UNIT VIII: 4 HOURS

Acidization, Matrix Acidization, Selection of Acid Formulation, Additives Selection Procedure to carry

out Acidization Job.

UNIT IX: 3 HOURS

Fracture choice of Fluids and Additives and Selection thereof.

Text Books

7. Oil & ‘Gas Production Operations – I, II Ed. (Well completions, Work over, Stimulation) Thomas O Allen, Alan P Roberts

8. Petroleum Production Systems- Michael J Economides, A Daniel Hill, Christine Uhlig –Economides .Prentice Hall Petroleum Engg Series.

9. Oil field processing of crude oil by Francis.S.Manning and Richard.E.Thompson 10. Surface Production Operations by Ken Arnold and Maurice Stewart 11. Corrosion and Corrosion Control R. Winston Revie, Herbert H. Uhlig

Page 86: B.Tech. APPLIED PETROLEUM ENGINEERING-UPSTREAM · 81,9(56,7< 2) 3(752/(80 (1(5*< 678',(6 362 7r ohduq ydulrxv w\shv ri guloolqj uljv dqg lwv frpsrqhqwv vxfk dv srzhu v\vwhpv ioxlg

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES

Modes of Evaluation: Quiz/Assignment/ presentation/ extempore/ Written Examination Examination Scheme:

Components Internal Assessment

MSE ESE

Weightage (%) 30 20 50

Relationship between the Course Outcomes (COs) and Program Outcomes (POs)

Eng

inee

ring

g

Kno

wle

dge

Pro

blem

Ana

lysi

s D

esig

n D

evel

opm

ent

of S

olut

ions

In

vest

igat

ions

of

Com

plex

Pro

blem

s

Mod

ern

Too

l Usa

ge

Eng

inee

r an

d S

ocie

ty

Env

iron

men

t and

S

usta

inab

ility

Eth

ics

Indi

vidu

al a

nd

team

wor

k

Com

mun

icat

ion

Pro

ject

Man

agem

ent

and

Fina

nce

Lif

e L

ong

Lea

rnin

g

Exp

lora

tion

Dri

llin

g

Wel

l Com

plet

ion

and

Pro

duct

ion

Res

ervo

ir

PO/CO

PO1

PO2

PO2

PO4

PO5

PO6

PO7

PO8

PO9

PO10

PO11

PO12

PSO1

PSO2

PSO3

PSO4

CO1

2 3 3 2 3 - 2 2 2 - 1 2 - - 3 1

CO2

2 3 3 2 3 - 2 2 2 - 1 2 - - 3 1

CO3

2 3 3 2 3 - - 1 2 - 1 2 - - 3 -

CO4

2 2 3 2 3 2 3 2 3 2 2 2 - - 3 -

CO5

2 2 3 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 1 3 -

CO6

2 2 2 2 2 3 3 2 2 1 1 1 - - 3 -

1. WEAK 2. MODERATE 3. STRONG

Page 87: B.Tech. APPLIED PETROLEUM ENGINEERING-UPSTREAM · 81,9(56,7< 2) 3(752/(80 (1(5*< 678',(6 362 7r ohduq ydulrxv w\shv ri guloolqj uljv dqg lwv frpsrqhqwv vxfk dv srzhu v\vwhpv ioxlg

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES

Model Question Paper

Roll No: -----------------------------

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES

DEHRADUN Odd Semester Examination

Program/course: APEVII(Upstream)APEVII(Gas) Semester – VII Subject: Production Engineering II Max. Marks : 100 Code : PTEG 422 Duration :3 Hrs No. of page/s: 2 Please read the instructions carefully and give precise answers

SECTION A 20 MARKS (4*5)

ALL QUESTIONS ARE COMPULSORY

Q.1 What is critical voltage in electrostatic demulsification? Explain with relevant equation.

Q.2 Write units of notations in the given equation

Q.3 Draw a labeled sketch for installing bi-directional ultrasonic meter?

Q.4 What is stage separation?

SECTION B Marks 60 (5*12) Question numbers 1,2,3,4 is compulsory and attempt any one from the rest Q.1 What is terminal velocity in oil and gas separation process? How it is used in design of separator? Q.2 Write Souders Brown equation. Write design procedure of two phase oil and gas separator using the equation. Q.3 List general objectives for planning produced water treatment. How dispersed oil is removed from oily effluent?

Q.4 Write general equation for calculation of gas flow rate with orifice meter. How constant C is determined?

Q.5 What are different types of emulsions? What is a bottle test? What is its significance? Q.6 What are different components of accuracy? Write working principle of Ultrasonic meter and its working.

Page 88: B.Tech. APPLIED PETROLEUM ENGINEERING-UPSTREAM · 81,9(56,7< 2) 3(752/(80 (1(5*< 678',(6 362 7r ohduq ydulrxv w\shv ri guloolqj uljv dqg lwv frpsrqhqwv vxfk dv srzhu v\vwhpv ioxlg

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES

COURSE OBJECTIVES

1. To help the students understand the fundamentals and relevance of reservoir engineering in

the broader context of Oil/Gas Field Exploitation, and have in-depth knowledge of vital

aspects of elements of reservoir engineering in particular

2. To enable students to understand fluid properties existing in hydrocarbon reservoir and

apply laws of fluid flow through porous media and their applicability under various field

conditions.

3. To empower students with the resource analysis expertise through extensive evaluation of

hydrocarbon reservoir with respect to reserve estimations, recovery factors and ensure a

positive economic gain.

4. To enable students to emulate and simulate the reservoir parameters and use the same in

futuristic R&D of their respective research areas and concerns in and around fluid

mechanics such as energy, health etc. across multidisciplinary domains.

5. To equip students with multidisciplinary approach of problem solving professional way by

using commercial software packages, data analysis and presentation, numerical

simulations etc.

COURSE OUTCOMES

On completion of this course, the students will be able to

CO1. Gain the knowledge of reservoir properties of rocks

CO2. Calculate the properties of reservoir fluid.

CO3 Gain insight into vapor – liquid, liquid – solid phase equilibrium during oil & gas production.

C04. Understand the phenomenon of multiphase flow system in porous media and Equations for

the calculation of required parameters applied in Reservoir Engineering.

CO5. Understand and explain different drive mechanisms and recovery factor of a Reservoir.

CO6. Calculate reserves of oil and gas by volumetric and material balance and acquire the Basics

knowledge of Reservoir Modeling Software’s

CATALOG DESCRIPTION

PEAU3002 RESERVOIR ENGINEERING-I L T P C Version 1.0 3 1 0 4 Pre-requisites/Exposure Basic understanding of Geology, Basics of Drilling and

Production Operations and Reservoir Properties.

Co-requisites Computer Science

Page 89: B.Tech. APPLIED PETROLEUM ENGINEERING-UPSTREAM · 81,9(56,7< 2) 3(752/(80 (1(5*< 678',(6 362 7r ohduq ydulrxv w\shv ri guloolqj uljv dqg lwv frpsrqhqwv vxfk dv srzhu v\vwhpv ioxlg

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES

Reservoir engineering is that part of petroleum engineering which deals with transfer of fluids to,

from or within natural underground reservoirs. Over the years, it has evolved as it became apparent

that maximum recovery could be achieve only by controlling reservoir behaviour as a whole. The

individual wells were relegate to a secondary role as they came to be regarded as mechanical

devices for controlling reservoir behaviour. A comprehensive understanding of the reservoir in terms

of rock, fluids and their interrelationship is necessary to predict its future behaviour under the

various producing mechanisms, which are, or may become available. The economics of various

operating plans is an integral part of any reservoir engineering study. A study of the recovery to be

expect from various operating plans, along with an economic analysis of these plans, will determine

the need for pressure maintenance, secondary recovery, cycling or other operations. Since the E&P

companies are in business to make profits, the usual objective is the realization of maximum profit,

and not necessarily the maximum recovery from the reservoir.

Reservoir engineering thus may be define as art of developing and producing hydrocarbon fluids in

such a manner as to obtain a high economic recovery. The various tools of reservoir engineer are

viz.

Sub-surface Geology, Applied Mathematics, Basic laws of Physics & Chemistry governing behaviour

of liquid and vapour phases of crude oil, natural gas and water in reservoir rocks.

Ultimately reservoir engineering concerns all petroleum engineers from drilling engineer with mud

program to completion engineer designing tubing string for life of well.

This course deals with introduction to reservoir rocks, fluids and various operating drive

mechanisms, which result in expulsion of hydrocarbons from reservoirs. EOR methods involving

various efforts to achieve additional recoveries under techno-economic scenarios.

The student will also learn the art of reservoir engineering through work associations and live

project formulations to be industry ready and acceptable to hydrocarbon industry. The art of

statistical approximations and computer applications in real time analysis will help in translating

novel idea to a real-world application.

Further, being a research oriented course it will provide a lead role in R&D activities together with

engineering problem-solving approaches for an effective package to answer the global challenges of

Oil Industry.

Course Content UNIT I: PHYSICAL PROPERTIES OF RESERVOIR ROCK 08 LECTURE HOURS

Porosity, Permeability; Measurement, Relationship. Relative Permeability. Combination of Beds.

UNIT II: FLUID SATURATION 04 LECTURE HOURS

Measurement and Significance, Wettability, Capillary Pressure Characteristics, Determination,

Interpretation.

Page 90: B.Tech. APPLIED PETROLEUM ENGINEERING-UPSTREAM · 81,9(56,7< 2) 3(752/(80 (1(5*< 678',(6 362 7r ohduq ydulrxv w\shv ri guloolqj uljv dqg lwv frpsrqhqwv vxfk dv srzhu v\vwhpv ioxlg

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES

UNIT III: RESERVOIR FLUIDS 04 LECTURE HOURS

Phase Behavior of Multi Component Hydro Carbon Systems, PVT Behavior of Gases and Mixtures,

Equilibrium Ratios, Reservoir Fluid Sampling.

UNIT IV: PVT CHARACTERISTICS OF OIL SAMPLES 04 LECTURE HOURS

Techniques of subsurface and surface Fluid Sampling, Transferring Equipment and process details,

Shipment. VOP analysis and Measurement of different PVT parameters. PVT Correlation and

Estimations

UNIT V: FLOW THROUGH POROUS MEDIA 10 LECTURE HOURS

Darcy’s Law, Single and Multi-Phase Flow, Linear, Radial and Spherical Flow, Steady and Unsteady

Flow, Flow Through Fractures, Reservoir Pressure, Origin and Measurement, Instruments. Isobaric

Map, Average Reservoir Pressure.

UNIT VI: RESERVOIR DRIVES 06 LECTURE HOURS

Depletion, Gas Cap, Water and Combination Drive, Mechanics and Characteristics, Recovery

Factors.

UNIT VII: RESERVE ESTIMATION 12 LECTURE HOURS

Classification, Volumetric, Material Balance Equation OIL & Gas and Decline Curve Methods,

Limitations, Reservoir Simulation, Fractured Reservoirs & Reservoir Management and EOR/IOR

Text Books

1. 1 Towler, B.F., Fundamental Principles of Reservoir Engineering, Volume 8, SPE Textbook 2. Series, USA, 2013.

2. Cosse, R., Basic Reservoir Engineering, Gulf Publishing Co., Technip, Paris, 1993. 3. Dake, L.P., Fundamentals of Reservoir Engineering (Developments in Petroleum Science, 8),

ELSEVIER Science, Netherlands, 1998.

Reference Books

3. 1. Dandekar Y. Abhijit, Petroleum Reservoir Rock and Fluid Properties. 2. Mattax, C.C. and Dalton, R. L, Reservoir Simulation, SPE Monograph Volume 13, 1990. 3. Tarek, Ahmed, Reservoir Engineering Hand Book Second Edition: Gulf Professional Publication New Delhi, 2010. 4. Petroleum Reservoir Engineering By AMYX et all, Mc Grow-Hill Book Company, 5. Practical Reservoir Engineering Part-1 and Part-2, By E.H. Timmerman PennWell books, PennWell Publishing Company, Tulsa, Oklahoma

Modes of Evaluation: Quiz/Assignment/ presentation/ extempore/ Written Examination Examination Scheme:

Components Internal Assessment

MSE ESE

Weightage (%) 30 20 50

Page 91: B.Tech. APPLIED PETROLEUM ENGINEERING-UPSTREAM · 81,9(56,7< 2) 3(752/(80 (1(5*< 678',(6 362 7r ohduq ydulrxv w\shv ri guloolqj uljv dqg lwv frpsrqhqwv vxfk dv srzhu v\vwhpv ioxlg

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES

Relationship between the Course Outcomes (COs) and Program Outcomes (POs)

1=Weakly mapped 2= Moderately mapped 3= Strongly mapped

Mapping between COs and POs

Course Outcomes (COs) Mapped Programme Outcomes

CO1 Gain the knowledge of reservoir properties of rocks

PO1, PO4, PO6, PO9,PO11,PO12, PSO1, PSO2,PSO3, PSO4

CO2 Calculate the properties of reservoir fluid. PO1, PO3, PO5, PO8, PO10, PO12, PSO1, PSO2, PSO3, PSO4

CO3 Gain insight into vapor – liquid, liquid – solid phase equilibrium during oil & gas production.

PO1, PO2, PO4, PO5, PO7, PO9, PO11, PO12,PSO1,PSO2,PSO3,PSO4

CO4 Understand the phenomenon of multiphase flow system in porous media and Equations for the calculation of required parameters applied in Reservoir Engineering.

PO1, PO3,PO5, PO6, PO7, PO9, PO12, PSO1,PSO2,PSO3, PSO4

CO5 Understand and explain different drive mechanisms and recovery factor of a Reservoir.

PO1, PO4,PO5, PO6, PO11, PO12, PSO1,PSO2,PSO3, PSO4

CO6 Calculate reserves of oil and gas by volumetric and material balance and acquire the Basics knowledge of Reservoir Modeling Software’s.

PO1,PO2,PO3,PO4,PO5,PO6,PO8,PO9, PO10, PO11,PO12,PSO1,PSO2,

PSO3,PSO4

Course Code Course Title

PO1

PO2

PO3

PO4

PO5

PO6

PO7

PO8

PO9

PO 10

PO 11

PO 12

PSO 1

PSO 2

PSO 3

PSO 4

PTEG 331

Réservoir Engineering-I

3 1 2 2 3 2 1 1 2 1 2 3 3 3 3 3

Page 92: B.Tech. APPLIED PETROLEUM ENGINEERING-UPSTREAM · 81,9(56,7< 2) 3(752/(80 (1(5*< 678',(6 362 7r ohduq ydulrxv w\shv ri guloolqj uljv dqg lwv frpsrqhqwv vxfk dv srzhu v\vwhpv ioxlg

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES

COURSE OBJECTIVES

1. To help the students understand the fundamentals and significance of mapping in the

planning for exploration of oil and gas.

2. To enable students to apprehend the physical properties associated with different

minerals/earth- materials and their application in exploration.

3. To learn the principles of different methods used in petroleum exploration.

4. To understand the principles used in developing a geological model for basin analysis.

COURSE OUTCOMES

On completion of this course, the students will be able to

CO1. Geological Planning: Analyze different maps to identify structures and plan the suitable

methodology for exploration.

CO2. Gravity Survey: Classify and exploit different rocks/lithologies based on the variations in

density.

CO3. Geochemical Methods of Prospecting: Analyze and execute different geochemical studies and

surveys for prospecting of oil and gas.

CO4. Magnetic Methods: Evaluate various geological environments by studying variations in

magnetic field.

CO5. Accumulation of Oil & Gas: Understand and predict the formation and accumulation of

hydrocarbons.

CO6. Seismic Imaging: Model the subsurface lithology using seismic methods.

CATALOG DESCRIPTION

Exploration Geoscientists are employed in a wide range of industries, including petroleum and

mineral exploration, groundwater, contaminants and salinity evaluation, state and government

geological surveys, defence science and academic research. This course provides the background

for a career in solid-earth, exploration and environmental geoscience. It is split into two basic

sections: (i) Geological & Geochemical methods (ii) Geophysical methods. In each section, we start

with the underlying mathematical basis and examine applications at global, exploration and

PEGS 3001 Petroleum Exploration- Geological & Geophysical Methods

L T P C

Version 1.0 3 1 0 4 Pre-requisites/Exposure Basic knowledge of physics, chemistry and mathematics

(Trigonometry and Calculus). Co-requisites --

Page 93: B.Tech. APPLIED PETROLEUM ENGINEERING-UPSTREAM · 81,9(56,7< 2) 3(752/(80 (1(5*< 678',(6 362 7r ohduq ydulrxv w\shv ri guloolqj uljv dqg lwv frpsrqhqwv vxfk dv srzhu v\vwhpv ioxlg

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES

environmental scales. The course also involves methods of geophysical data analysis, modelling,

visualisation and interpretation.

Course Content UNIT I: INTRODUCTION TO GEOLOGICAL METHODS: 12 LECTURE HOURS

Sequence of Geological methods of Exploration, Regional structural plan, contouring, profiling.

Introduction to Geophysical methods. Gravity Method: Units, gravity-measuring instruments, gravity

survey, gravity anomalies, Gravity data reduction, and correction. Interpretation of gravity anomalies

and application of gravity methods.

UNIT II: GEOCHEMICAL METHODS OF PROSPECTING: 12 LECTURE HOURS

Soil geochemical survey, Source Rock characterization, Hydro-geochemistry for exploration.

Magnetic Method: geomagnetic field, Magnetic anomalies, Magnetic survey instrument, Field

methods, data Reduction and correction. Interpretation of magnetic anomalies. Magnetic response

of simple geometric shapes. Application of magnetic survey.

UNIT III: ACCUMULATION OF OIL & GAS: 12 LECTURE HOURS

oil & gas accumulation, accumulation parameters, time of accumulation vis-avis time of oil

generation. Seismic Methods: Geometry of refracted ray path, planar interface. Two layer case with

horizontal interface. Methodology of refraction profiling. Field surveys arrangements. Recording

instruments and energy source. Corrections applied to refraction data. Interpretation of refraction

data. Application of seismic refraction method, Passive seismic.

UNIT IV: ACCUMULATION OF OIL & GAS (PART2): 12 LECTURE HOURS

Role of Plate Tectonics in hydrocarbon accumulation onshore and off-shore, Theoretical principles of

prognostication of Hydrocarbon reserves, Development geology. Seismic Acquisition &

Interpretation: Importance of seismic reflection survey over seismic refraction survey technique.

Common depth point (CDP) profiling and stacking. 2-D data processing and interpretation of

reflection data. Introduction to 3-D data acquisition, processing and interpretation. Applications of

seismic method in oil exploration, Concept of 4-D seismic and its application.

Text Books

1. W. M. Telford and L. P. Geldart, R. E. Sheriff. Applied Geophysics, Cambridge University Press. ISBN: 052133938.

2. William Lowrie. Fundamentals of Geophysics, Cambridge University Press, ISBN: 978-0-521-67596-3.

3. Brian J. Evans. A Handbook for Seismic Data Acquisition in Exploration, SEG Books. ISBN: 1560800410, 9781560800415.

Reference Books

Page 94: B.Tech. APPLIED PETROLEUM ENGINEERING-UPSTREAM · 81,9(56,7< 2) 3(752/(80 (1(5*< 678',(6 362 7r ohduq ydulrxv w\shv ri guloolqj uljv dqg lwv frpsrqhqwv vxfk dv srzhu v\vwhpv ioxlg

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES

1. L. Hatton, MH Worthington and J. Makin. Seismic Data Processing, Wiley. ISBN:

0632013745, 9780632013746. 2. Levorsen, A.I., Geology of Petroleum (Second Edition), CBS Publishers & Distributors

Pvt. Ltd., 2004, ISBN 10: 8123909314 / ISBN 13: 9788123909318.

Modes of Evaluation: Quiz/Assignment/ presentation/ extempore/ Written Examination Examination Scheme:

Components Internal Assessment

MSE ESE

Weightage (%) 30 20 50

Relationship between the Course Outcomes (COs) and Program Outcomes (POs)

1=Weakly mapped 2= Moderately mapped 3=Strongly mapped

Mapping between COs and POs

Course Outcomes (COs) Mapped Programme

Outcomes

CO1 Geological Planning: Analyze different maps to identify structures and plan the suitable methodology for exploration.

PO1, PO2, PO3, PO4, PO8, PO9, PO12, PSO1

CO2 Gravity Survey: Classify and exploit different rocks/lithologies based on the variations in density.

PO1, PO2, PO3, PO4, PO5, PO9, PO12, PSO1

CO3 Geochemical Methods of Prospecting: Analyze and execute different geochemical studies and surveys for prospecting of oil and gas.

PO1, PO2, PO3, PO4, PO9, PO12, PSO1

CO4 Magnetic Methods: Evaluate various geological environments by studying variations in magnetic field

PO1, PO2, PO3, PO4, PO5, PO9, PO12, PSO1

CO5 Accumulation of Oil & Gas: Understand and predict the formation and accumulation of hydrocarbons.

PO4, PO12, PSO1

CO6 Seismic Imaging: Model the subsurface lithology using seismic methods.

PO1, PO2, PO3, PO4, PO5, PO7, PO9, PO12, PSO1

Course Code

Course Title PO1

PO2

PO3

PO4

PO5

PO6

PO7

PO8

PO9

PO10

P O 11

P O 12

PS O 1

PS O 2

PS O 3

PS O 4

GSEG 323

Petroleum Exploration- Geological & Geophysical Methods

3 3 3 3 2 1 1 3 3 3

Page 95: B.Tech. APPLIED PETROLEUM ENGINEERING-UPSTREAM · 81,9(56,7< 2) 3(752/(80 (1(5*< 678',(6 362 7r ohduq ydulrxv w\shv ri guloolqj uljv dqg lwv frpsrqhqwv vxfk dv srzhu v\vwhpv ioxlg

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES

COURSE OBJECTIVES

1. To understand physical and chemical properties of natural gas.

2. To understand and analyze the process by identifying systems and apply the degree of

freedom analysis.

3. To perform the steady state material balances on the subsets of the process or the entire

process in order to estimate the flow rate and compositions without reactions and with

reactions.

4. To enable students to understand basic concepts of energy balance for different processes.

COURSE OUTCOMES

On completion of this course, the students will be able to

1. Calculate the properties of natural gas at the given temperature and pressure data.

2. Analyze the conditions for hydrate formation, inhibition and prevention

3. Compare the different methods used for dehydration of Natural gas.

4. Estimate the removal and recovery options of acid gases from the natural gas.

5. Analyze the recovery of heavy hydrocarbons (Ethane plus components) from the natural gas.

CATALOG DESCRIPTION

Natural gas processing is an important sector in Petroleum industry. Raw natural gas contains

impurities like water vapor, carbondioxide, hydrogen sulfide, mercury, nitrogen, which reduces

calorific value and detrimental to pipeline and other processing equipment. Components, like

hydrogen sulfide and carbondioxide are toxic and hazardous. In this course, the focus will be on

understanding the impact of gas composition on the properties of gas and improving technical

aspects of natural gas processing. Students will learn about the hydrates, dehydration, sweetening

processes and recovery of heavy hydrocarbons from the gas. Students will also learn Classroom

activities will be designed to encourage students to play an active role in the construction of their

own knowledge and in the design of their own learning strategies.

Course Content UNIT I: PRODUCTION POTENTIAL OF NATURAL GAS WELLS 10 LECTURE HOURS

CHCE 3001 Natural Gas Engineering and Processing L T P C

Version 3.0 3 0 0 3

Pre-requisites/Exposure Basics of Fluid Mechanics, Heat and Mass Transfer

Co-requisites --

Page 96: B.Tech. APPLIED PETROLEUM ENGINEERING-UPSTREAM · 81,9(56,7< 2) 3(752/(80 (1(5*< 678',(6 362 7r ohduq ydulrxv w\shv ri guloolqj uljv dqg lwv frpsrqhqwv vxfk dv srzhu v\vwhpv ioxlg

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES

Associated and Non Associated Gas, Retrograde Condensate Wells, Physical Properties of Natural

Gas and Associated liquid.

UNIT II: PHASE BEHAVIOR 10 LECTURE HOURS

Phase Behavior of Two-Phase Hydrocarbon System, Water-Hydrocarbon Systems, Vapor Liquid

Equilibria, Pressure Gradient in gas column, Well Head and Bottom Hole Pressure. variables and

design considerations.

UNIT III: COMPRESSION AND COMPRESSOR 8 LECTURE HOURS

Various types of Compressor, Multi Phase Compression.

FLOW MEASUREMENT

Orifice Meter, Flow Formula, Critical Flow Meter, Flow Prover.

UNIT IV: FIELD SEPARATION OF OIL FROM GAS 8 LECTURE HOURS

Oil Absorption, Low Temperature Separation.

Text Books 1. Kumar, S., (1987) Gas Production Engineering, Gulf Publishing Company, Texas. ISBN:

0872015777

2. Ikoku, Chi U., (1984) Natural Gas Production Engineering, John Wiley & Sons Inc. ISBN:

0894646397.

Reference Books 6. Campbell, J. M., (1998) Gas Conditioning and Processing (Vol I, II, III), Campbell & Co., USA.

ISBN: 9996395420

7. Arnold, K. and Stewart, M., (1989) Surface Production Operations-2, Gulf Publishing Company,

Houston. ISBN: 0884158225.

Modes of Evaluation: Quiz/Assignment/ presentation/ extempore/ Written Examination Examination Scheme:

Components Mid Semester

Internals Assignment /Test/ Quiz

End Semester

Weightage (%) 20 30 50

Relationship between the Course Outcomes (COs) and Program Outcomes (POs)

Mapping between COs and POs

Course Outcomes (COs) Mapped

Programme Outcomes

CO1 Calculate the properties of natural gas at the given temperature and pressure data. PO1, PO2

Page 97: B.Tech. APPLIED PETROLEUM ENGINEERING-UPSTREAM · 81,9(56,7< 2) 3(752/(80 (1(5*< 678',(6 362 7r ohduq ydulrxv w\shv ri guloolqj uljv dqg lwv frpsrqhqwv vxfk dv srzhu v\vwhpv ioxlg

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES

Eng

inee

ring

Kno

wle

dge

Pro

blem

ana

lysi

s

Des

ign/

deve

lopm

ent o

f so

luti

ons

Con

duct

inve

stig

atio

ns o

f co

mpl

ex p

robl

ems

Mod

ern

tool

usa

ge

The

eng

inee

r an

d so

ciet

y

Env

iron

men

t and

sus

tain

abili

ty

Eth

ics

Indi

vidu

al o

r te

am w

ork

Com

mun

icat

ion

Pro

ject

man

agem

ent a

nd f

inan

ce

Lif

e-lo

ng L

earn

ing

Course Code

Course Title PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2

CHGS 3006

Natural Gas Engineering and Processing

2 2 2

2 2

1=weakly mapped 2= moderately mapped 3=strongly mapped

CO2 Analyze the conditions for hydrate formation, inhibition and prevention

PO2, PSO1

CO3 Compare the different methods used for dehydration of Natural gas. PO3, PSO2

CO4 Estimate the removal and recovery options of acid gases from the natural gas.

PO2, PO3, PSO2

CO5 Analyze the recovery of heavy hydrocarbons (Ethane plus components) from the natural gas.

PO3, PSO2

Page 98: B.Tech. APPLIED PETROLEUM ENGINEERING-UPSTREAM · 81,9(56,7< 2) 3(752/(80 (1(5*< 678',(6 362 7r ohduq ydulrxv w\shv ri guloolqj uljv dqg lwv frpsrqhqwv vxfk dv srzhu v\vwhpv ioxlg

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES

COURSE OBJECTIVES

1. To help the students understand the fundamentals and significance of geomechanics and

its applications in the oil and gas industry.

2. To enable students to apprehend the elastic & mechanical properties associated with

different rocks.

3. To expose students to a wide variety of research areas and concerns in and around

geomechanics.

4. To equip students with necessary engineering skills such as solving well bore problems in a

systematic way, using mechanical earth modelling (MEM) etc.

COURSE OUTCOMES

On completion of this course, the students will be able to

CO1. Compute the elastic & strength properties of rocks

CO2. Understand Rock failure criterion

CO3. In-situ & induced stress calculations around wellbore

CO4. Development of mechanical earth model (MEM) for wellbore stability analysis etc.

CATALOG DESCRIPTION

This course provides understanding of necessary geomechanics basics and its

applications in the oil and gas industry. This course covers the origin of earth’s stress

and pore pressure in reservoir rocks, techniques and methods of assessment using

well’s data; it gives good understanding of elastic and strength (mechanical) properties

of the rocks, with an introduction to the basics of experimental rock mechanics. The

course also examines the main approaches of construction of Mechanical Earth Model

(MEM) and the further application of these models to solve the most important issues

of exploration and development of oil and gas fields. The course deals with examples

of wellbore stability, modeling and forecasting abnormally high formation pressures,

deals with fracturing stimulation optimization and sanding issues.

Course Content UNIT I: INTRODUCTION TO GEO-MECHANICS 8 LECTURE HOURS

PEAU 3003 Geomechanics L T P C

Version 1.0 3 0 0 3

Pre-requisites/Exposure Basic knowledge of engineering mechanics, drilling engineering and rock mechanics

Co-requisites --

Page 99: B.Tech. APPLIED PETROLEUM ENGINEERING-UPSTREAM · 81,9(56,7< 2) 3(752/(80 (1(5*< 678',(6 362 7r ohduq ydulrxv w\shv ri guloolqj uljv dqg lwv frpsrqhqwv vxfk dv srzhu v\vwhpv ioxlg

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES

Overview and history of geomechanics, Importance & applications of geomechanics,

Geomechanical Earth Model (GEM), E.M Anderson’s faulting theory.

UNIT II: BASIC PRINCIPLES 10 LECTURE HOURS

Principles of stress and strain, Effective stress concept, Effect of pore pressure on stresses, Stress

around a borehole, Rock failure mechanisms and criteria, Rock deformation and mechanical

behavior models, Failure theories.

UNIT III: GEO-MECHANICAL MODELING 9 LECTURE HOURS

Concepts 1D to 4D geomechanical models, Model calibration, Pore pressure prediction, Stress

modeling,- Overburden stress, Stress orientation, Min. horizontal stress magnitude, Max. horizontal

stress magnitude, Field examples.

UNIT IV: GEO-MECHANICS APPLICATIONS IN FIELD DEVELOPMENT 9 LECTURE HOURS

Wellbore Stability & Lost Circulation, Sand Production Prediction, Hydraulic Fracturing, Compaction

and subsidence, Casing collapse and shear.

Text Books

1. Reservoir Geomechanics by Mark D Zoback

Reference Books

4. Petroleum Engineering Handbook- Society of Petroleum Engineers by Robert F

5. Fundamental of Petroleum Geomechanics - An Introduction by Schlumberger

6. Rock Mechanics (Volume 1) : Theoretical Fundamental by Ph. A. Charlez

7. Rock Mechanics (Volume 2) :Petroleum Applications by Ph. A. Charlez

Modes of Evaluation: Quiz/Assignment/ presentation/ extempore/ Written Examination Examination Scheme:

Components Internal Assessment

MSE ESE

Weightage (%) 30 20 50

Relationship between the Course Outcomes (COs) and Program Outcomes (POs)

Mapping between COs and POs

Course Outcomes (COs) Mapped Programme Outcomes

CO1 Compute the elastic & strength properties of PO1,PO2,PO12,PSO2,PSO3

Page 100: B.Tech. APPLIED PETROLEUM ENGINEERING-UPSTREAM · 81,9(56,7< 2) 3(752/(80 (1(5*< 678',(6 362 7r ohduq ydulrxv w\shv ri guloolqj uljv dqg lwv frpsrqhqwv vxfk dv srzhu v\vwhpv ioxlg

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES

1=Weakly mapped 2= Moderately mapped 3=Strongly mapped

rocks

CO2 Understand Rock failure criterion PO1,PO9,PSO2,PSO3

CO3 In-situ & induced stress calculations around wellbore

PO1,PO2,PO5,PSO2,PSO3

CO4 Development of mechanical earth model (MEM) for wellbore stability analysis.

PO1,PO2,PO3,PO4,PO5,PSO2,PSO3

Course Code

Course Title

PO1

PO2

PO3

PO4

PO5

PO6

PO7

PO8

PO9

PO10

P O 11

P O 12

PS O 1

PS O 2

PS O 3

PS O 4

GSEG 312

Geomechanics

2 3 3 3 2 - - - 2 - - 1 - 3 3 -

Page 101: B.Tech. APPLIED PETROLEUM ENGINEERING-UPSTREAM · 81,9(56,7< 2) 3(752/(80 (1(5*< 678',(6 362 7r ohduq ydulrxv w\shv ri guloolqj uljv dqg lwv frpsrqhqwv vxfk dv srzhu v\vwhpv ioxlg

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES

Page 102: B.Tech. APPLIED PETROLEUM ENGINEERING-UPSTREAM · 81,9(56,7< 2) 3(752/(80 (1(5*< 678',(6 362 7r ohduq ydulrxv w\shv ri guloolqj uljv dqg lwv frpsrqhqwv vxfk dv srzhu v\vwhpv ioxlg

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES

COURSE OBJECTIVES

1. To help the students understand the fundamentals and relevance of reservoir engineering in

the broader context of Oil/Gas Field Exploitation, and have in-depth knowledge of vital

aspects of elements of reservoir engineering in particular

2. To enable students to understand fluid properties existing in hydrocarbon reservoir and

apply laws of fluid flow through porous media and their applicability under various field

conditions.

3. To empower students with the resource analysis expertise through extensive evaluation of

hydrocarbon reservoir with respect to reserve estimations, recovery factors and ensure a

positive economic gain.

4. To enable students to emulate and simulate the reservoir parameters and use the same in

futuristic R&D of their respective research areas and concerns in and around fluid

mechanics such as energy, health etc. across multidisciplinary domains.

5. To equip students with multidisciplinary approach of problem solving professional way by

using commercial software packages, data analysis and presentation, numerical

simulations etc.

COURSE OUTCOMES

On completion of this course, the students will be able to

CO1. Gain the knowledge of reservoir properties of rocks

CO2. Calculate the properties of reservoir fluid.

CO3. Gain insight into vapor – liquid, liquid – solid phase equilibrium during oil & gas production.

C04. Understand the phenomenon of multiphase flow system in porous media and Equations for

the calculation of required parameters applied in Reservoir Engineering.

CO5. Understand and explain different drive mechanisms and recovery factor of a Reservoir.

CO6. Calculate reserves of oil and gas by volumetric and material balance and acquire the Basics

knowledge of Reservoir Modeling Software’s

CATALOG DESCRIPTION

PEAU3004 Production Engineering II L T P C

Version 1.0 3 1 0 4 Pre-requisites/Exposure Should have compréhensive knowledge in Chemical Engineering and

Petroleum Engineering.Basic concepts in production of hydrocarbons.

Co-requisites --

Page 103: B.Tech. APPLIED PETROLEUM ENGINEERING-UPSTREAM · 81,9(56,7< 2) 3(752/(80 (1(5*< 678',(6 362 7r ohduq ydulrxv w\shv ri guloolqj uljv dqg lwv frpsrqhqwv vxfk dv srzhu v\vwhpv ioxlg

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES

Reservoir engineering is that part of petroleum engineering which deals with transfer of fluids to,

from or within natural underground reservoirs. Over the years, it has evolved as it became apparent

that maximum recovery could be achieve only by controlling reservoir behaviour as a whole. The

individual wells were relegate to a secondary role as they came to be regarded as mechanical

devices for controlling reservoir behaviour. A comprehensive understanding of the reservoir in terms

of rock, fluids and their interrelationship is necessary to predict its future behaviour under the

various producing mechanisms, which are, or may become available. The economics of various

operating plans is an integral part of any reservoir engineering study. A study of the recovery to be

expect from various operating plans, along with an economic analysis of these plans, will determine

the need for pressure maintenance, secondary recovery, cycling or other operations. Since the E&P

companies are in business to make profits, the usual objective is the realization of maximum profit,

and not necessarily the maximum recovery from the reservoir.

Reservoir engineering thus may be define as art of developing and producing hydrocarbon fluids in

such a manner as to obtain a high economic recovery. The various tools of reservoir engineer are

viz.

Sub-surface Geology, Applied Mathematics, Basic laws of Physics & Chemistry governing behaviour

of liquid and vapour phases of crude oil, natural gas and water in reservoir rocks.

Ultimately reservoir engineering concerns all petroleum engineers from drilling engineer with mud

program to completion engineer designing tubing string for life of well.

This course deals with introduction to reservoir rocks, fluids and various operating drive

mechanisms, which result in expulsion of hydrocarbons from reservoirs. EOR methods involving

various efforts to achieve additional recoveries under techno-economic scenarios.

The student will also learn the art of reservoir engineering through work associations and live

project formulations to be industry ready and acceptable to hydrocarbon industry. The art of

statistical approximations and computer applications in real time analysis will help in translating

novel idea to a real-world application.

Further, being a research oriented course it will provide a lead role in R&D activities together with

engineering problem-solving approaches for an effective package to answer the global challenges of

Oil Industry.

Course Content UNIT I: PHYSICAL PROPERTIES OF RESERVOIR ROCK 08 LECTURE HOURS

Porosity, Permeability; Measurement, Relationship. Relative Permeability. Combination of Beds.

UNIT II: FLUID SATURATION 04 LECTURE HOURS

Measurement and Significance, Wettability, Capillary Pressure Characteristics, Determination,

Interpretation.

Page 104: B.Tech. APPLIED PETROLEUM ENGINEERING-UPSTREAM · 81,9(56,7< 2) 3(752/(80 (1(5*< 678',(6 362 7r ohduq ydulrxv w\shv ri guloolqj uljv dqg lwv frpsrqhqwv vxfk dv srzhu v\vwhpv ioxlg

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES

UNIT III: RESERVOIR FLUIDS 04 LECTURE HOURS

Phase Behavior of Multi Component Hydro Carbon Systems, PVT Behavior of Gases and Mixtures,

Equilibrium Ratios, Reservoir Fluid Sampling.

UNIT IV: PVT CHARACTERISTICS OF OIL SAMPLES 04 LECTURE HOURS

Techniques of subsurface and surface Fluid Sampling, Transferring Equipment and process details,

Shipment. VOP analysis and Measurement of different PVT parameters. PVT Correlation and

Estimations

UNIT V: FLOW THROUGH POROUS MEDIA 10 LECTURE HOURS

Darcy’s Law, Single and Multi-Phase Flow, Linear, Radial and Spherical Flow, Steady and Unsteady

Flow, Flow Through Fractures, Reservoir Pressure, Origin and Measurement, Instruments. Isobaric

Map, Average Reservoir Pressure.

UNIT VI: RESERVOIR DRIVES 06 LECTURE HOURS

Depletion, Gas Cap, Water and Combination Drive, Mechanics and Characteristics, Recovery

Factors.

UNIT VII: RESERVE ESTIMATION 12 LECTURE HOURS

Classification, Volumetric, Material Balance Equation OIL & Gas and Decline Curve Methods,

Limitations, Reservoir Simulation, Fractured Reservoirs & Reservoir Management and EOR/IOR

Text Books

3. 1 Towler, B.F., Fundamental Principles of Reservoir Engineering, Volume 8, SPE Textbook 4. Series, USA, 2013.

2. Cosse, R., Basic Reservoir Engineering, Gulf Publishing Co., Technip, Paris, 1993. 3. Dake, L.P., Fundamentals of Reservoir Engineering (Developments in Petroleum Science, 8),

ELSEVIER Science, Netherlands, 1998.

Reference Books

8. 1. Dandekar Y. Abhijit, Petroleum Reservoir Rock and Fluid Properties. 2. Mattax, C.C. and Dalton, R. L, Reservoir Simulation, SPE Monograph Volume 13, 1990. 3. Tarek, Ahmed, Reservoir Engineering Hand Book Second Edition: Gulf Professional Publication New Delhi, 2010. 5. Petroleum Reservoir Engineering By AMYX et all, Mc Grow-Hill Book Company, 5. Practical Reservoir Engineering Part-1 and Part-2, By E.H. Timmerman PennWell books, PennWell Publishing Company, Tulsa, Oklahoma

Modes of Evaluation: Quiz/Assignment/ presentation/ extempore/ Written Examination Examination Scheme:

Components Internal Assessment

MSE ESE

Weightage (%) 30 20 50

Page 105: B.Tech. APPLIED PETROLEUM ENGINEERING-UPSTREAM · 81,9(56,7< 2) 3(752/(80 (1(5*< 678',(6 362 7r ohduq ydulrxv w\shv ri guloolqj uljv dqg lwv frpsrqhqwv vxfk dv srzhu v\vwhpv ioxlg

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES

Relationship between the Course Outcomes (COs) and Program Outcomes (POs)

1=Weakly mapped 2= Moderately mapped 3= Strongly mapped

Mapping between COs and POs

Course Outcomes (COs) Mapped Programme Outcomes

CO1 Gain the knowledge of reservoir properties of rocks

PO1, PO4, PO6, PO9,PO11,PO12, PSO1, PSO2,PSO3, PSO4

CO2 Calculate the properties of reservoir fluid. PO1, PO3, PO5, PO8, PO10, PO12, PSO1, PSO2, PSO3, PSO4

CO3 Gain insight into vapor – liquid, liquid – solid phase equilibrium during oil & gas production.

PO1, PO2, PO4, PO5, PO7, PO9, PO11, PO12,PSO1,PSO2,PSO3,PSO4

CO4 Understand the phenomenon of multiphase flow system in porous media and Equations for the calculation of required parameters applied in Reservoir Engineering.

PO1, PO3,PO5, PO6, PO7, PO9, PO12, PSO1,PSO2,PSO3, PSO4

CO5 Understand and explain different drive mechanisms and recovery factor of a Reservoir.

PO1, PO4,PO5, PO6, PO11, PO12, PSO1,PSO2,PSO3, PSO4

CO6 Calculate reserves of oil and gas by volumetric and material balance and acquire the Basics knowledge of Reservoir Modeling Software’s.

PO1,PO2,PO3,PO4,PO5,PO6,PO8,PO9, PO10, PO11,PO12,PSO1,PSO2,

PSO3,PSO4

Course Code Course Title

PO1

PO2

PO3

PO4

PO5

PO6

PO7

PO8

PO9

PO 10

PO 11

PO 12

PSO 1

PSO 2

PSO 3

PSO 4

PTEG 331

Réservoir Engineering-I (Theory)

3 1 2 2 3 2 1 1 2 1 2 3 3 3 3 3

Page 106: B.Tech. APPLIED PETROLEUM ENGINEERING-UPSTREAM · 81,9(56,7< 2) 3(752/(80 (1(5*< 678',(6 362 7r ohduq ydulrxv w\shv ri guloolqj uljv dqg lwv frpsrqhqwv vxfk dv srzhu v\vwhpv ioxlg

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES

COURSE OBJECTIVES

1. To help the students understand the fundamentals and significance of mapping in the

planning for exploration of oil and gas.

2. To enable students to apprehend the physical properties associated with different

minerals/earth- materials and their application in exploration.

3. To learn the principles of different methods used in petroleum exploration.

4. To understand the principles used in developing a geological model for basin analysis.

COURSE OUTCOMES

On completion of this course, the students will be able to

CO1. Geological Planning: Analyze different maps to identify structures and plan the suitable

methodology for exploration.

CO2. Gravity Survey: Classify and exploit different rocks/lithologies based on the variations in

density.

CO3. Geochemical Methods of Prospecting: Analyze and execute different geochemical studies and

surveys for prospecting of oil and gas.

CO4. Magnetic Methods: Evaluate various geological environments by studying variations in

magnetic field.

CO5. Accumulation of Oil & Gas: Understand and predict the formation and accumulation of

hydrocarbons.

CO6. Seismic Imaging: Model the subsurface lithology using seismic methods.

CATALOG DESCRIPTION

Exploration Geoscientists are employed in a wide range of industries, including petroleum and

mineral exploration, groundwater, contaminants and salinity evaluation, state and government

geological surveys, defence science and academic research. This course provides the background

for a career in solid-earth, exploration and environmental geoscience. It is split into two basic

sections: (i) Geological & Geochemical methods (ii) Geophysical methods. In each section, we start

with the underlying mathematical basis and examine applications at global, exploration and

PEGS3001 Petroleum Exploration- Geological & Geophysical Methods

L T P C

Version 1.0 3 1 0 4 Pre-requisites/Exposure Basic knowledge of physics, chemistry and mathematics

(Trigonometry and Calculus). Co-requisites --

Page 107: B.Tech. APPLIED PETROLEUM ENGINEERING-UPSTREAM · 81,9(56,7< 2) 3(752/(80 (1(5*< 678',(6 362 7r ohduq ydulrxv w\shv ri guloolqj uljv dqg lwv frpsrqhqwv vxfk dv srzhu v\vwhpv ioxlg

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES

environmental scales. The course also involves methods of geophysical data analysis, modelling,

visualisation and interpretation.

Course Content UNIT I: INTRODUCTION TO GEOLOGICAL METHODS: 12 LECTURE HOURS

Sequence of Geological methods of Exploration, Regional structural plan, contouring, profiling.

Introduction to Geophysical methods. Gravity Method: Units, gravity-measuring instruments, gravity

survey, gravity anomalies, Gravity data reduction, and correction. Interpretation of gravity anomalies

and application of gravity methods.

UNIT II: GEOCHEMICAL METHODS OF PROSPECTING: 12 LECTURE HOURS

Soil geochemical survey, Source Rock characterization, Hydro-geochemistry for exploration.

Magnetic Method: geomagnetic field, Magnetic anomalies, Magnetic survey instrument, Field

methods, data Reduction and correction. Interpretation of magnetic anomalies. Magnetic response

of simple geometric shapes. Application of magnetic survey.

UNIT III: ACCUMULATION OF OIL & GAS: 12 LECTURE HOURS

oil & gas accumulation, accumulation parameters, time of accumulation vis-avis time of oil

generation. Seismic Methods: Geometry of refracted ray path, planar interface. Two layer case with

horizontal interface. Methodology of refraction profiling. Field surveys arrangements. Recording

instruments and energy source. Corrections applied to refraction data. Interpretation of refraction

data. Application of seismic refraction method, Passive seismic.

UNIT IV: ACCUMULATION OF OIL & GAS (PART2): 12 LECTURE HOURS

Role of Plate Tectonics in hydrocarbon accumulation onshore and off-shore, Theoretical principles of

prognostication of Hydrocarbon reserves, Development geology. Seismic Acquisition &

Interpretation: Importance of seismic reflection survey over seismic refraction survey technique.

Common depth point (CDP) profiling and stacking. 2-D data processing and interpretation of

reflection data. Introduction to 3-D data acquisition, processing and interpretation. Applications of

seismic method in oil exploration, Concept of 4-D seismic and its application.

Text Books

3. W. M. Telford and L. P. Geldart, R. E. Sheriff. Applied Geophysics, Cambridge University Press. ISBN: 052133938.

4. William Lowrie. Fundamentals of Geophysics, Cambridge University Press, ISBN: 978-0-521-67596-3.

5. Brian J. Evans. A Handbook for Seismic Data Acquisition in Exploration, SEG Books. ISBN: 1560800410, 9781560800415.

6. L. Hatton, MH Worthington and J. Makin. Seismic Data Processing, Wiley. ISBN: 0632013745, 9780632013746.

Page 108: B.Tech. APPLIED PETROLEUM ENGINEERING-UPSTREAM · 81,9(56,7< 2) 3(752/(80 (1(5*< 678',(6 362 7r ohduq ydulrxv w\shv ri guloolqj uljv dqg lwv frpsrqhqwv vxfk dv srzhu v\vwhpv ioxlg

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES

7. Levorsen, A.I., Geology of Petroleum (Second Edition), CBS Publishers & Distributors

Pvt. Ltd., 2004, ISBN 10: 8123909314 / ISBN 13: 9788123909318. Reference Books

Modes of Evaluation: Quiz/Assignment/ presentation/ extempore/ Written Examination Examination Scheme:

Components Internal Assessment

MSE ESE

Weightage (%) 30 20 50

Relationship between the Course Outcomes (COs) and Program Outcomes (POs)

1=Weakly mapped 2= Moderately mapped 3=Strongly mapped

Mapping between COs and POs

Course Outcomes (COs) Mapped Programme

Outcomes

CO1 Geological Planning: Analyze different maps to identify structures and plan the suitable methodology for exploration.

PO1, PO2, PO3, PO4, PO8, PO9, PO12, PSO1

CO2 Gravity Survey: Classify and exploit different rocks/lithologies based on the variations in density.

PO1, PO2, PO3, PO4, PO5, PO9, PO12, PSO1

CO3 Geochemical Methods of Prospecting: Analyze and execute different geochemical studies and surveys for prospecting of oil and gas.

PO1, PO2, PO3, PO4, PO9, PO12, PSO1

CO4 Magnetic Methods: Evaluate various geological environments by studying variations in magnetic field

PO1, PO2, PO3, PO4, PO5, PO9, PO12, PSO1

CO5 Accumulation of Oil & Gas: Understand and predict the formation and accumulation of hydrocarbons.

PO4, PO12, PSO1

CO6 Seismic Imaging: Model the subsurface lithology using seismic methods.

PO1, PO2, PO3, PO4, PO5, PO7, PO9, PO12, PSO1

Course Code

Course Title PO1

PO2

PO3

PO4

PO5

PO6

PO7

PO8

PO9

PO10

P O 11

P O 12

PS O 1

PS O 2

PS O 3

PS O 4

GSEG 323

Petroleum Exploration- Geological & Geophysical Methods

3 3 3 3 2 1 1 3 3 3

Page 109: B.Tech. APPLIED PETROLEUM ENGINEERING-UPSTREAM · 81,9(56,7< 2) 3(752/(80 (1(5*< 678',(6 362 7r ohduq ydulrxv w\shv ri guloolqj uljv dqg lwv frpsrqhqwv vxfk dv srzhu v\vwhpv ioxlg

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES

COURSE OBJECTIVES

1. To help the students understand the fundamentals and significance of geomechanics and

its applications in the oil and gas industry.

2. To enable students to apprehend the elastic & mechanical properties associated with

different rocks.

3. To expose students to a wide variety of research areas and concerns in and around

geomechanics.

4. To equip students with necessary engineering skills such as solving well bore problems in a

systematic way, using mechanical earth modelling (MEM) etc.

COURSE OUTCOMES

On completion of this course, the students will be able to

CO1. Compute the elastic & strength properties of rocks

CO2. Understand Rock failure criterion

CO3. In-situ & induced stress calculations around wellbore

CO4. Development of mechanical earth model (MEM) for wellbore stability analysis etc.

CATALOG DESCRIPTION

This course provides understanding of necessary geomechanics basics and its

applications in the oil and gas industry. This course covers the origin of earth’s stress

and pore pressure in reservoir rocks, techniques and methods of assessment using

well’s data; it gives good understanding of elastic and strength (mechanical) properties

of the rocks, with an introduction to the basics of experimental rock mechanics. The

course also examines the main approaches of construction of Mechanical Earth Model

(MEM) and the further application of these models to solve the most important issues

of exploration and development of oil and gas fields. The course deals with examples

of wellbore stability, modeling and forecasting abnormally high formation pressures,

deals with fracturing stimulation optimization and sanding issues.

Course Content UNIT I: INTRODUCTION TO GEO-MECHANICS 8 LECTURE HOURS

PEAU 3003 Geomechanics L T P C

Version 1.0 3 0 0 3 Pre-requisites/Exposure Basic knowledge of engineering mechanics, drilling

engineering and rock mechanics Co-requisites --

Page 110: B.Tech. APPLIED PETROLEUM ENGINEERING-UPSTREAM · 81,9(56,7< 2) 3(752/(80 (1(5*< 678',(6 362 7r ohduq ydulrxv w\shv ri guloolqj uljv dqg lwv frpsrqhqwv vxfk dv srzhu v\vwhpv ioxlg

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES

Overview and history of geomechanics, Importance & applications of geomechanics,

Geomechanical Earth Model (GEM), E.M Anderson’s faulting theory.

UNIT II: BASIC PRINCIPLES 10 LECTURE HOURS

Principles of stress and strain, Effective stress concept, Effect of pore pressure on stresses, Stress

around a borehole, Rock failure mechanisms and criteria, Rock deformation and mechanical

behavior models, Failure theories.

UNIT III: GEO-MECHANICAL MODELING 9 LECTURE HOURS

Concepts 1D to 4D geomechanical models, Model calibration, Pore pressure prediction, Stress

modeling,- Overburden stress, Stress orientation, Min. horizontal stress magnitude, Max. horizontal

stress magnitude, Field examples.

UNIT IV: GEO-MECHANICS APPLICATIONS IN FIELD DEVELOPMENT 9 LECTURE HOURS

Wellbore Stability & Lost Circulation, Sand Production Prediction, Hydraulic Fracturing, Compaction

and subsidence, Casing collapse and shear.

Text Books

2. Reservoir Geomechanics by Mark D Zoback

Reference Books

9. Petroleum Engineering Handbook- Society of Petroleum Engineers by Robert F

10. Fundamental of Petroleum Geomechanics - An Introduction by Schlumberger

11. Rock Mechanics (Volume 1) : Theoretical Fundamental by Ph. A. Charlez

12. Rock Mechanics (Volume 2) :Petroleum Applications by Ph. A. Charlez

Modes of Evaluation: Quiz/Assignment/ presentation/ extempore/ Written Examination Examination Scheme:

Components Internal Assessment

MSE ESE

Weightage (%) 30 20 50

Relationship between the Course Outcomes (COs) and Program Outcomes (POs)

Mapping between COs and POs

Course Outcomes (COs) Mapped Programme Outcomes

CO1 Compute the elastic & strength properties of PO1,PO2,PO12,PSO2,PSO3

Page 111: B.Tech. APPLIED PETROLEUM ENGINEERING-UPSTREAM · 81,9(56,7< 2) 3(752/(80 (1(5*< 678',(6 362 7r ohduq ydulrxv w\shv ri guloolqj uljv dqg lwv frpsrqhqwv vxfk dv srzhu v\vwhpv ioxlg

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES

1=Weakly mapped 2= Moderately mapped 3=Strongly mapped

rocks

CO2 Understand Rock failure criterion PO1,PO9,PSO2,PSO3

CO3 In-situ & induced stress calculations around wellbore

PO1,PO2,PO5,PSO2,PSO3

CO4 Development of mechanical earth model (MEM) for wellbore stability analysis.

PO1,PO2,PO3,PO4,PO5,PSO2,PSO3

Course Code

Course Title

PO1

PO2

PO3

PO4

PO5

PO6

PO7

PO8

PO9

PO10

P O 11

P O 12

PS O 1

PS O 2

PS O 3

PS O 4

PEAU 3003

Geomechanics

2 3 3 3 2 - - - 2 - - 1 - 3 3 -

Page 112: B.Tech. APPLIED PETROLEUM ENGINEERING-UPSTREAM · 81,9(56,7< 2) 3(752/(80 (1(5*< 678',(6 362 7r ohduq ydulrxv w\shv ri guloolqj uljv dqg lwv frpsrqhqwv vxfk dv srzhu v\vwhpv ioxlg

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES

COURSE OBJECTIVES

1. To help the students understand the fundamentals and relevance of Unconventional

Hydrocarbon Exploitation in the current Oil and Gas industry, the various types of

Unconventional Resources, Technology, Challenges and terminology

2. To enable students to understand the Tight Reservoirs, Occurrences, Drilling and Completion

methods, Stimulation technologies like Hydraulic Fracturing for both Sandstone and

Carbonate reservoirs.

3. To empower students with the expertise of Shale Gas and Shale Oil technology. The current

Technology advancements, global occurrences, Reservoir Evaluation, Drilling and

Completion, current challenges

4. To expose students to Coal Bed Methane and Gas Hydrates Technology which holds

considerable promise for the future with

5. To equip students with necessary engineering skills for tackling other unconventional

Resources like Heavy Oil, Tar Sands, Geo-Thermal energy, Coal Gasification etc.

COURSE OUTCOMES

On completion of this course, the students will be able to

CO1. Differentiate between Conventional and Unconventional Hydrocarbon Resources and

understand the common issues faced by Unconventional Hydrocarbons

CO2. Understand the specific issues related to Tight Reservoirs,

CO3. Understand the specific issues related to Shale Gas and Shale Oil

CO4. Understand the specific issues related to Coal Bed Methane and Gas Hydrates

CO5. Understand the specific issues related to Heavy Oil, Tar Sands and other unconventional

resources.

CATALOG DESCRIPTION

The Oil and Gas Industry is going through a change, where the Conventional way of doing things is

being replaced by Unconventional Hydrocarbon exploitation. After the success of Shale Gas in North

America and its impact on the conventional Oil and Gas industry, it is believed that the future of Oil

and Gas will see more and more of new Unconventional technologies, workflows that will allow

CEEG323 Unconventional Hydrocarbon Exploitation L T P C

Version 1.0 3 0 0 3 Pre-requisites/Exposure Introduction to Petroleum Operations

Sedimentary and Petroleum Geology Co-requisites --

Page 113: B.Tech. APPLIED PETROLEUM ENGINEERING-UPSTREAM · 81,9(56,7< 2) 3(752/(80 (1(5*< 678',(6 362 7r ohduq ydulrxv w\shv ri guloolqj uljv dqg lwv frpsrqhqwv vxfk dv srzhu v\vwhpv ioxlg

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES

more efficient exploitation. While there are some common aspects to all unconventional resources,

there are also some specific issues related to each of the resource. This course helps in giving a

broad overview of what makes a Resource Unconventional, what are the common elements that

influence Exploration decisions, Drilling and Completion decisions, Stimulations and ultimately

sustaining the business model. At the same time it also makes the students aware of the key

specific issues that relate to each of the Unconventional Resource especially its Evaluation,

Exploration, Drilling, Production, Reservoir Management.

Course Content UNIT I: INTRODUCTION: 15 LECTURE HOURS

Classification of Unconventional Reservoirs; what makes them Unconventional; Kerogen types;

Micro-fractures and forces of expulsion; Common issues like Drilling, Evaluation, Completion,

Stimulation

UNIT II: TIGHT GAS AND OIL: 5 LECTURE HOURS

Global, US, India occurrences; Characteristics of a Tight Reservoir; What makes them Tight; The

Permeability Jail; Where to find Tight Reservoirs; Drilling practices for Tight reservoirs; Formation

Evaluation; Hydraulic Fracturing, Post Fracture Reservoir evaluation; New Technologies

UNIT III: SHALE GAS & OIL AND OIL SHALES; 5 LECTURE HOURS

Global, US, India occurrences; Characteristics of Shale Gas and Oil Reservoir; Drilling practices for

Shale reservoirs; Workflow for Shale Reservoir Formation Evaluation TOC and Maturity; Brittleness

and Hydraulic Fracturing, Recovery factors; Shale Oil: Similarities and difference with Shale Gas; Oil-

Shale Mining; Oil Shale Occurrences

UNIT IV: COAL BED METHANE AND GAS HYDRATES: 8 LECTURE HOURS

Global, US, India occurrences; Characteristics of Coal Bed Methane Gas; Drilling practices for Coal

Beds; Workflow for Coal Bed Formation Evaluation, Cleat, Gas Content; Hydraulic Fracturing,

Depressuring and Dewatering issues Success and Lessons learnt so far; Gas Hydrates: Minerology,

Chemistry and physical properties, stability, challenges and pitfalls

UNIT V: HEAVY OIL AND OTHER UNCONVENTIONAL RESOURCES: 2 LECTURE HOURS

Global, US, India occurrences; Heavy Oil production techniques; Geothermal and

Volcanics/Basement Rock Reservoirs Introduction

Text Books

8. Unconventional Oil and Gas Resource handbook – Stephen Holditch 9. Unconventional Petroleum Geology – Zou Caineng 10. Unconventional Oil and Gas Resource Exploitation and Development – D N Meehan

Page 114: B.Tech. APPLIED PETROLEUM ENGINEERING-UPSTREAM · 81,9(56,7< 2) 3(752/(80 (1(5*< 678',(6 362 7r ohduq ydulrxv w\shv ri guloolqj uljv dqg lwv frpsrqhqwv vxfk dv srzhu v\vwhpv ioxlg

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES

Reference Books

1. Halliburton Publications: Tight Gas Book 2. Halliburton Publications: Coal Bed Methane- Principles and Practices 3. Handbook of Hydraulic Fracturing – James Seight 4. Natural Gas Hydrates, a guide for Engineers 3ed – John Caroll 5. Oil Sands, Heavy Oil and Bitumen – from Recovery to Refinery – D K Banerjee,

PennWell 6. Petroleum related Rock Mechanics – Holt 7. Shale Gas Primer – US Department of Energy

Modes of Evaluation: Quiz/Assignment/ presentation/ extempore/ Written Examination Examination Scheme:

Components Internal Assessment

MSE ESE

Weightage (%) 30 20 50

Relationship between the Course Outcomes (COs) and Program Outcomes (POs)

1=Weakly mapped 2= Moderately mapped 3=Strongly mapped

Mapping between COs and POs

Course Outcomes (COs) Mapped Programme

Outcomes

CO1 Able to identify different types of Unconventional Hydrocarbons, key issues that make them Unconventional

PO1, PO2, PO3, PO4, PO7, PSO1, PSO2

CO2 Understand the methods used for evaluating, drilling, stimulating and producing from Tight Reservoirs and challenges

PO1, PO2, PO3, PO4, PO7, PSO1, PSO2

CO3 In Depth knowledge of Shale Reservoirs and Oil Shales. Evaluation, Drilling, Stimulation and Production and challenges

PO1, PO2, PO3, PO4, PO5, PO7, PSO1, PSO2

CO4 Overview of Gas Storage mechanisms in Coal Bed Methane and Gas Hydrates, Evaluation, Drilling, Stimulation and Production and challenges

PO1, PO2, PO3, PO4, PO7, PSO1, PSO2

CO5 Understand Heavy Oil Production Techniques and brief summary of other unconventionals

PO1, PO2, PO3, PO4, PO6, PO7, PO8, PSO1, PSO2

Course Code

Course Title

PO1

PO2

PO3

PO4

PO5

PO6

PO7

PO8

PO9

PO10

P O 11

P O 12

PS O 1

PS O 2

PS O 3

PSO 4

CEEG 323

Unconventional Hydrocarbon Resources

3 3 3 3 2 1 3 1 3 3 3 3

Page 115: B.Tech. APPLIED PETROLEUM ENGINEERING-UPSTREAM · 81,9(56,7< 2) 3(752/(80 (1(5*< 678',(6 362 7r ohduq ydulrxv w\shv ri guloolqj uljv dqg lwv frpsrqhqwv vxfk dv srzhu v\vwhpv ioxlg

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES

COURSE OBJECTIVES

1. To understand fundamentals of surface production operations.

2. To understand well fluid properties and separation processes.

3. To enable students to understand basic design principles of facility components and

operations

4. To enable students with basics of well stimulation.

5. To enable students to understand role of corrosion in production systems.

COURSE OUTCOMES

COURSE OUTCOMES: At the end of this course student should be able to achieve

CO1. Well fluid properties, need to process, conceptual processing facility, components and design,

CO2. Emulsions and Demulsification process, source of salt and desalting, design of heater treater

and desalting facility

CO3. Basics of oil and gas measurements, codes and metering skid design

CO4. Storage of oil, design consideration as per relevant API code. Transportation of oil and gas.

Basics of pipeline design, laying, operation and maintenance etc.

CO5. Basics of pumps and compressors, types, selection, installation, operations etc.

CO6. Corrosion in oil field operations, causes, consequences, mitigation etc. Basics of well

stimulation

CATALOG DESCRIPTION

Production Engineering is provides familiarization of the principles and applications of various

theories and techniques for design estimate and maximize production performance in a cost

effective manner. To understand how these techniques are applied in a practical field development

project. To identify the best way of exploiting petroleum reserves, as well as maximizing ultimate

production. This course encompasses application of different disciplines of engineering like

instrumentation mechanical, electrical etc.

Course Content UNIT I: 5 HOURS

PTEG 422 Production Engineering II L T P C

Version 1.0 3 1 0 4 Pre-requisites/Exposure Should have compréhensive knowledge in Chemical Engineering and

Petroleum Engineering.Basic concepts in production of hydrocarbons.

Co-requisites --

Page 116: B.Tech. APPLIED PETROLEUM ENGINEERING-UPSTREAM · 81,9(56,7< 2) 3(752/(80 (1(5*< 678',(6 362 7r ohduq ydulrxv w\shv ri guloolqj uljv dqg lwv frpsrqhqwv vxfk dv srzhu v\vwhpv ioxlg

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES

Field Processing of Oil & Gas, Need to process, Well fluid properties, Stage separation, Separator

function and design

UNIT II: 5 HOURS

Demulsification and Desalting of Crude Oils + Heater Treaters, Types of emulsions, Destabilizing

emulsion, heater treaters,function and design of heater treaters, Source of salt and desalting

processes, Effluent generation and treatment

UNIT III: 3 HOURS

Flow Measurement – Various methods and their selection, Selection-basic theory, Types, API Codes

Installation

UNIT IV: 4 HOURS

Storage of oil.Transportation of Crude Oils ; Gas Pumps and Compressors, Types of pumps and

compressors, Selection basic theory, API codes, Internal details , Installation, operation and

maintenance

UNIT V: 6 HOURS

Storage of oil.Transportation of Crude Oils ; Gas Pumps and Compressors, Types of pumps and

compressors, Selection basic theory, API codes, Internal details , Installation, operation and

maintenance

UNIT VI: 6 HOURS

Pipelines: Construction, Maintenance, Operation and Precautions, Construction codes, Engineering

survey , Statutory requirements, Laying onshore and offshore pipelines, Corrosion in oil industry

UNIT VII: 4 HOURS

Well Stimulation: Method to estimate extent of Formation Damage, Causes, Occurrence, to reduce/

avoid formation Damage.

UNIT VIII: 4 HOURS

Acidization, Matrix Acidization, Selection of Acid Formulation, Additives Selection Procedure to carry

out Acidization Job.

UNIT IX: 3 HOURS

Fracture choice of Fluids and Additives and Selection thereof.

Text Books

12. Oil & ‘Gas Production Operations – I, II Ed. (Well completions, Work over, Stimulation) Thomas O Allen, Alan P Roberts

13. Petroleum Production Systems- Michael J Economides, A Daniel Hill, Christine Uhlig –Economides .Prentice Hall Petroleum Engg Series.

14. Oil field processing of crude oil by Francis.S.Manning and Richard.E.Thompson 15. Surface Production Operations by Ken Arnold and Maurice Stewart 16. Corrosion and Corrosion Control R. Winston Revie, Herbert H. Uhlig

Page 117: B.Tech. APPLIED PETROLEUM ENGINEERING-UPSTREAM · 81,9(56,7< 2) 3(752/(80 (1(5*< 678',(6 362 7r ohduq ydulrxv w\shv ri guloolqj uljv dqg lwv frpsrqhqwv vxfk dv srzhu v\vwhpv ioxlg

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES

Modes of Evaluation: Quiz/Assignment/ presentation/ extempore/ Written Examination Examination Scheme:

Components Internal Assessment

MSE ESE

Weightage (%) 30 20 50

Relationship between the Course Outcomes (COs) and Program Outcomes (POs)

Eng

inee

ring

g

Kno

wle

dge

Pro

blem

Ana

lysi

s D

esig

n D

evel

opm

ent

of S

olut

ions

In

vest

igat

ions

of

Com

plex

Pro

blem

s

Mod

ern

Too

l Usa

ge

Eng

inee

r an

d S

ocie

ty

Env

iron

men

t and

S

usta

inab

ility

Eth

ics

Indi

vidu

al a

nd

team

wor

k

Com

mun

icat

ion

Pro

ject

Man

agem

ent

and

Fina

nce

Lif

e L

ong

Lea

rnin

g

Exp

lora

tion

Dri

llin

g

Wel

l Com

plet

ion

and

Pro

duct

ion

Res

ervo

ir

PO/CO

PO1

PO2

PO2

PO4

PO5

PO6

PO7

PO8

PO9

PO10

PO11

PO12

PSO1

PSO2

PSO3

PSO4

CO1

2 3 3 2 3 - 2 2 2 - 1 2 - - 3 1

CO2

2 3 3 2 3 - 2 2 2 - 1 2 - - 3 1

CO3

2 3 3 2 3 - - 1 2 - 1 2 - - 3 -

CO4

2 2 3 2 3 2 3 2 3 2 2 2 - - 3 -

CO5

2 2 3 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 1 3 -

CO6

2 2 2 2 2 3 3 2 2 1 1 1 - - 3 -

2. WEAK 2. MODERATE 3. STRONG

Page 118: B.Tech. APPLIED PETROLEUM ENGINEERING-UPSTREAM · 81,9(56,7< 2) 3(752/(80 (1(5*< 678',(6 362 7r ohduq ydulrxv w\shv ri guloolqj uljv dqg lwv frpsrqhqwv vxfk dv srzhu v\vwhpv ioxlg

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES

COURSE OBJECTIVES

1. To help the students understand the fundamentals and relevance of reservoir engineering in

the broader context of Oil/Gas Field Exploitation, and have in-depth knowledge of vital

aspects of elements of reservoir engineering in particular

2. To enable students to understand fluid properties existing in hydrocarbon reservoir and

apply laws of fluid flow through porous media and their applicability under various field

conditions.

3. To empower students with the resource analysis expertise through extensive evaluation of

hydrocarbon reservoir with respect to reserve estimations, recovery factors and ensure a

positive economic gain.

4. To enable students to emulate and simulate the reservoir parameters and use the same in

futuristic R&D of their respective research areas and concerns in and around fluid

mechanics such as energy, health etc. across multidisciplinary domains.

5. To equip students with multidisciplinary approach of problem solving professional way by

using commercial software packages, data analysis and presentation, numerical

simulations etc.

COURSE OUTCOMES

On completion of this course, the students will be able to

CO1. Gain the knowledge of reservoir properties of rocks

CO2. Calculate the properties of reservoir fluid.

CO3. Gain insight into vapor – liquid, liquid – solid phase equilibrium during oil & gas production.

C04. Understand the phenomenon of multiphase flow system in porous media and Equations for

the calculation of required parameters applied in Reservoir Engineering.

CO5. Understand and explain different drive mechanisms and recovery factor of a Reservoir.

CO6. Calculate reserves of oil and gas by volumetric and material balance and acquire the Basics

knowledge of Reservoir Modeling Software’s

CATALOG DESCRIPTION

PEAU3005 RESERVOIR ENGINEERING-II L T P C

Version 1.0 Reservoir Engineering II 4 0 0 4 Pre-requisites/Exposure Basic understanding of Geology, Basics of Drilling and

Production Operations and Reservoir Properties.

Co-requisites Computer Science

Page 119: B.Tech. APPLIED PETROLEUM ENGINEERING-UPSTREAM · 81,9(56,7< 2) 3(752/(80 (1(5*< 678',(6 362 7r ohduq ydulrxv w\shv ri guloolqj uljv dqg lwv frpsrqhqwv vxfk dv srzhu v\vwhpv ioxlg

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES

Reservoir engineering is that part of petroleum engineering which deals with transfer of fluids to,

from or within natural underground reservoirs. Over the years, it has evolved as it became apparent

that maximum recovery could be achieve only by controlling reservoir behaviour as a whole. The

individual wells were relegate to a secondary role as they came to be regarded as mechanical

devices for controlling reservoir behaviour. A comprehensive understanding of the reservoir in terms

of rock, fluids and their interrelationship is necessary to predict its future behaviour under the

various producing mechanisms, which are, or may become available. The economics of various

operating plans is an integral part of any reservoir engineering study. A study of the recovery to be

expect from various operating plans, along with an economic analysis of these plans, will determine

the need for pressure maintenance, secondary recovery, cycling or other operations. Since the E&P

companies are in business to make profits, the usual objective is the realization of maximum profit,

and not necessarily the maximum recovery from the reservoir.

Reservoir engineering thus may be define as art of developing and producing hydrocarbon fluids in

such a manner as to obtain a high economic recovery. The various tools of reservoir engineer are

viz.

Sub-surface Geology, Applied Mathematics, Basic laws of Physics & Chemistry governing behaviour

of liquid and vapour phases of crude oil, natural gas and water in reservoir rocks.

Ultimately reservoir engineering concerns all petroleum engineers from drilling engineer with mud

program to completion engineer designing tubing string for life of well.

This course deals with introduction to reservoir rocks, fluids and various operating drive

mechanisms, which result in expulsion of hydrocarbons from reservoirs. EOR methods involving

various efforts to achieve additional recoveries under techno-economic scenarios.

The student will also learn the art of reservoir engineering through work associations and live

project formulations to be industry ready and acceptable to hydrocarbon industry. The art of

statistical approximations and computer applications in real time analysis will help in translating

novel idea to a real-world application.

Further, being a research oriented course it will provide a lead role in R&D activities together with

engineering problem-solving approaches for an effective package to answer the global challenges of

Oil Industry.

Course Content UNIT I: PHYSICAL PROPERTIES OF RESERVOIR ROCK 08 LECTURE HOURS

Porosity, Permeability; Measurement, Relationship. Relative Permeability. Combination of Beds.

UNIT II: FLUID SATURATION 04 LECTURE HOURS

Measurement and Significance, Wettability, Capillary Pressure Characteristics, Determination,

Interpretation.

Page 120: B.Tech. APPLIED PETROLEUM ENGINEERING-UPSTREAM · 81,9(56,7< 2) 3(752/(80 (1(5*< 678',(6 362 7r ohduq ydulrxv w\shv ri guloolqj uljv dqg lwv frpsrqhqwv vxfk dv srzhu v\vwhpv ioxlg

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES

UNIT III: RESERVOIR FLUIDS 04 LECTURE HOURS

Phase Behavior of Multi Component Hydro Carbon Systems, PVT Behavior of Gases and Mixtures,

Equilibrium Ratios, Reservoir Fluid Sampling.

UNIT IV: PVT CHARACTERISTICS OF OIL SAMPLES 04 LECTURE HOURS

Techniques of subsurface and surface Fluid Sampling, Transferring Equipment and process details,

Shipment. VOP analysis and Measurement of different PVT parameters. PVT Correlation and

Estimations

UNIT V: FLOW THROUGH POROUS MEDIA 10 LECTURE HOURS

Darcy’s Law, Single and Multi-Phase Flow, Linear, Radial and Spherical Flow, Steady and Unsteady

Flow, Flow Through Fractures, Reservoir Pressure, Origin and Measurement, Instruments. Isobaric

Map, Average Reservoir Pressure.

UNIT VI: RESERVOIR DRIVES 06 LECTURE HOURS

Depletion, Gas Cap, Water and Combination Drive, Mechanics and Characteristics, Recovery

Factors.

UNIT VII: RESERVE ESTIMATION 12 LECTURE HOURS

Classification, Volumetric, Material Balance Equation OIL & Gas and Decline Curve Methods,

Limitations, Reservoir Simulation, Fractured Reservoirs & Reservoir Management and EOR/IOR

Text Books

5. 1 Towler, B.F., Fundamental Principles of Reservoir Engineering, Volume 8, SPE Textbook 6. Series, USA, 2013.

2. Cosse, R., Basic Reservoir Engineering, Gulf Publishing Co., Technip, Paris, 1993. 3. Dake, L.P., Fundamentals of Reservoir Engineering (Developments in Petroleum Science, 8),

ELSEVIER Science, Netherlands, 1998.

Reference Books

13. 1. Dandekar Y. Abhijit, Petroleum Reservoir Rock and Fluid Properties. 2. Mattax, C.C. and Dalton, R. L, Reservoir Simulation, SPE Monograph Volume 13, 1990. 3. Tarek, Ahmed, Reservoir Engineering Hand Book Second Edition: Gulf Professional Publication New Delhi, 2010. 6. Petroleum Reservoir Engineering By AMYX et all, Mc Grow-Hill Book Company, 5. Practical Reservoir Engineering Part-1 and Part-2, By E.H. Timmerman PennWell books, PennWell Publishing Company, Tulsa, Oklahoma

Modes of Evaluation: Quiz/Assignment/ presentation/ extempore/ Written Examination Examination Scheme:

Components Internal Assessment

MSE ESE

Weightage (%) 30 20 50

Page 121: B.Tech. APPLIED PETROLEUM ENGINEERING-UPSTREAM · 81,9(56,7< 2) 3(752/(80 (1(5*< 678',(6 362 7r ohduq ydulrxv w\shv ri guloolqj uljv dqg lwv frpsrqhqwv vxfk dv srzhu v\vwhpv ioxlg

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES

Relationship between the Course Outcomes (COs) and Program Outcomes (POs)

1=Weakly mapped 2= Moderately mapped 3= Strongly mapped

Mapping between COs and POs

Course Outcomes (COs) Mapped Programme Outcomes

CO1 Gain the knowledge of reservoir properties of rocks

PO1, PO4, PO6, PO9,PO11,PO12, PSO1, PSO2,PSO3, PSO4

CO2 Calculate the properties of reservoir fluid. PO1, PO3, PO5, PO8, PO10, PO12, PSO1, PSO2, PSO3, PSO4

CO3 Gain insight into vapor – liquid, liquid – solid phase equilibrium during oil & gas production.

PO1, PO2, PO4, PO5, PO7, PO9, PO11, PO12,PSO1,PSO2,PSO3,PSO4

CO4 Understand the phenomenon of multiphase flow system in porous media and Equations for the calculation of required parameters applied in Reservoir Engineering.

PO1, PO3,PO5, PO6, PO7, PO9, PO12, PSO1,PSO2,PSO3, PSO4

CO5 Understand and explain different drive mechanisms and recovery factor of a Reservoir.

PO1, PO4,PO5, PO6, PO11, PO12, PSO1,PSO2,PSO3, PSO4

CO6 Calculate reserves of oil and gas by volumetric and material balance and acquire the Basics knowledge of Reservoir Modeling Software’s.

PO1,PO2,PO3,PO4,PO5,PO6,PO8,PO9, PO10, PO11,PO12,PSO1,PSO2,

PSO3,PSO4

Course Code Course Title

PO1

PO2

PO3

PO4

PO5

PO6

PO7

PO8

PO9

PO 10

PO 11

PO 12

PSO 1

PSO 2

PSO 3

PSO 4

PTEG 331

Réservoir Engineering-I (Theory)

3 1 2 2 3 2 1 1 2 1 2 3 3 3 3 3

Page 122: B.Tech. APPLIED PETROLEUM ENGINEERING-UPSTREAM · 81,9(56,7< 2) 3(752/(80 (1(5*< 678',(6 362 7r ohduq ydulrxv w\shv ri guloolqj uljv dqg lwv frpsrqhqwv vxfk dv srzhu v\vwhpv ioxlg

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES

COURSE OBJECTIVES

1. To make the student fully competent in Basic Log Analysis, be confident in working with

data sets, and getting to final results

2. Have knowledge of latest technologies and techniques used in this field

3. Understand the Physics and Science behind Logging Tool responses, their applications and

limitations

4. Understand the basics of Well testing principles, methodology and be able to do Diagnostic

Data Interpretation

COURSE OUTCOMES

On completion of this course, the students will be able to

CO1. Apply the knowledge of Basic Triple Combo Log and Tool responses

CO2. To do Quick Look Analysis on Log Data sets

CO3. Explain the purpose of other Logs like Acoustic, NMR, Electrical Imaging in Open Hole

CO4. Interpret Cement Bond Log and basic Production Logs.

CO5. Understand basic Well Testing options and interpret Diagnostic Well Tests

CATALOG DESCRIPTION

Well Log Analysis is the most fundamental of Formation Evaluation studies that is done during

Exploration and Development activity of a Field or Reservoir. It basically gives us the exact number

in Barrels of how much Hydrocarbons is in Place in a potential Reservoir. Basic Open Hole Log

Analysis describes the amount of Hydrocarbon and also whether it will flow to surface or not. Cased

Hole Logs like Cement Bond Log provide additional information about Well Construction and

Production Logs confirm whether the Reservoir or well is indeed producing as expected

Well Testing is generally done after a potential well or Reservoir is found and its producibility needs

to be computed. Besides Pressures and extent of Reservoir studies also indicate PVT data that is

useful to Well Completion. Diagnostic Plots indicate potential problems

Course Content UNIT I: ELECTRICAL LOGS: 6 LECTURE HOURS

PEAU 3007 Well Log Analysis and Well Testing L T P C

Version 1.0 3 1 0 4

Pre-requisites/Exposure EASC-105 Introductory Geology

Co-requisites PTEG-211 Drilling Engineering and Well Completion

Page 123: B.Tech. APPLIED PETROLEUM ENGINEERING-UPSTREAM · 81,9(56,7< 2) 3(752/(80 (1(5*< 678',(6 362 7r ohduq ydulrxv w\shv ri guloolqj uljv dqg lwv frpsrqhqwv vxfk dv srzhu v\vwhpv ioxlg

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES

Spontaneous Potential, Resistivity logs including Induction, Laterolog and Micro Resistivity Logs.

Borehole Environment, Invasion Profiles, Log Responses in different typical formations, latest

Technologies

UNIT II: RADIOACTIVE LOGS: 6 LECTURE HOURS

Natural Gamma Ray, Natural Gamma Ray Spectroscopy, Formation Density, Photo-Electric Factor,

Neutron Porosity, Thermal Neutrons, and advanced applications like Neutron- Gamma Spectroscopy

Elemental Yields, Pulsed Neutron- Gamma Spectroscopy.

UNIT III: QUICK LOOK ANALYSIS; 6 LECTURE HOURS

Basic Log Analysis of Triple Combo dataset, including manual interpretation, doing Quality checks,

selection of zones, taking log readings, applying relevant corrections, compute Cross-Plot porosity,

compute Water Saturation using relevant Archie’s equation. Rw computation methods,

Temperature corrections

UNIT IV: ACOUSTIC LOGS: 6 LECTURE HOURS

Compressional Travel Time Log, Shear Travel time, Long Space, Dipole and Cross-Dipole Sonic Log,

Cement Evaluation Log, Ultrasonic Log, Noise Log

UNIT V: NUCLEAR MAGNETIC RESONANCE (NMR): 3 LECTURE HOURS

Porosity, Permeability, T1, T2 measurements, CPMG Sequence, Grain Size distribution, Fluid typing

using T1-T2 2D Maps

UNIT VI: GEOLOGICAL AND IMAGING LOGS: 3 LECTURE HOURS

Dipmeter, Electrical Imagers, Acoustic Imagers, Applications

UNIT VII: PRODUCTION LOGGING: 2 LECTURE HOURS

Standard suite of PL for vertical wells. Applications and Interpretation

UNIT VIII: LOGGING HORIZONTAL WELLS: 2 LECTURE HOURS

Various Conveyance systems like Drill Pipe Conveyed system, Coil Tubing system, Tractor, Pump

down, Thru Drill Pipe and Bit system, their advantages and disadvantages and the challenge of

Depth measurements

UNIT IX: WELL TESTING: 8 LECTURE HOURS

Drill Stem Test, Wireline Formation Tester, Steady State and Transient Fluid and Flow processes,

Diffusivity Equation, Terminal Rate Solution, Pressure Drawdown and Buildup Tests, Multi-rate

Testing, Interference and Pulse Testing, Reservoir Limit Test, Type curves

Text Books

17. Formation Evaluation: Richard Bateman 18. Basic Log Analysis: Asquith 19. Cased Hole and Production Log Analysis: Jim Smolen 20. Reservoir Engineering Handbook Chapter 6: Tarek Ahmed

Page 124: B.Tech. APPLIED PETROLEUM ENGINEERING-UPSTREAM · 81,9(56,7< 2) 3(752/(80 (1(5*< 678',(6 362 7r ohduq ydulrxv w\shv ri guloolqj uljv dqg lwv frpsrqhqwv vxfk dv srzhu v\vwhpv ioxlg

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES

Reference Books

1. Modern Well Test Analysis: Roland Horne 2. Schlumberger Log Interpretation Chartbook 3. Halliburton Log Interpretation Chartbook 4. Fundamentals of Well Log Interpretation: Oberto Serra

Modes of Evaluation: Quiz/Assignment/ presentation/ extempore/ Written Examination Examination Scheme:

Components Internal Assessment

MSE ESE

Weightage (%) 30 20 50

Relationship between the Course Outcomes (COs) and Program Outcomes (POs)

1=Weakly mapped 2= Moderately mapped 3=Strongly mapped

Mapping between COs and POs

Course Outcomes (COs) Mapped Programme

Outcomes

CO1 Apply the knowledge of Basic Triple Combo Log and Tool responses

PO1, PO2, PO3, PSO1, PSO2, PSO3, PSO4

CO2 To do Quick Look Analysis on Log Data sets PO1, PO2, PO3, PO9, PSO1,

PSO2, PSO3, PSO4

CO3 Explain the purpose of other Logs like Acoustic, NMR, Electrical Imaging in Open Hole

PO1, PO2, PO3, PO9, PSO1, PSO2, PSO3, PSO4

CO4 Interpret Cement Bond Log and basic Production Logs. PO1, PO2, PO3, PO9, PSO1,

PSO2, PSO3, PSO4

CO5 Understand basic Well Testing options and interpret Diagnostic Well Tests

PO1, PO2, PO3, PO9, PSO1, PSO2, PSO3, PSO4

Course Code

Course Title

PO1

PO2

PO3

PO4

PO5

PO6

PO7

PO8

PO9

PO10

P O 11

P O 12

PS O 1

PS O 2

PS O 3

PSO 4

PTEG 323

Well Log Analysis and Well Testing

3 3 3 2 2 1 1 2 1 1 3 3 3 3

Page 125: B.Tech. APPLIED PETROLEUM ENGINEERING-UPSTREAM · 81,9(56,7< 2) 3(752/(80 (1(5*< 678',(6 362 7r ohduq ydulrxv w\shv ri guloolqj uljv dqg lwv frpsrqhqwv vxfk dv srzhu v\vwhpv ioxlg

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES

COURSE OBJECTIVES

1. Familiarization of principles and applications of various theories and techniques necessary

to design, estimate and maximize production performance in a cost effective manner.

2. Familiarization of formation damage, sick well analysis, damage mechanisms and

mitigation.

3. Familiarization of acidization basic concepts, acid formulation, placement etc.

4. Familiarization of hydrofractuing operations, rock failure, frac. fluids, proppants frac.

evaluation etc.

COURSE OUTCOMES:

At the end of this course student should be able to achieve

CO1. Evaluation of skin and its components.

CO2. Evaluate mechanism of formation damage in horizontal wells and suggest methods of

mitigation of formation damage

CO3. Identify acidization process, acid formulations, additives, acid placement techniques and

evaluation

CO4. Evaluate Hydrofracturing, rock mechanics, different models, frac fluids, proppants, additives,

frac equipment

CATALOG DESCRIPTION

Production Engineering is provides familiarization of the principles and applications of various

theories and techniques for design estimate and maximize production performance in a cost

effective manner. To understand how these techniques are applied in a practical field development

project. To identify the best way of exploiting petroleum reserves, as well as maximizing ultimate

production. This course encompasses understanding of formation damage, sick well analysis,

damage mechanisms and mitigation methods. Students will be able apply simulation techniques

like acidization and fracturing based on analysis of damage. Students will be familiarized with

acidization concepts, acid formulations, additives acid diversion techniques etc. In fracturing they

PEAU 3007 WELL STIMULATION L T P C

Version 1.0 3 1 0 4 Pre-requisites/Exposure Should have compréhensive knowledge in Chemical Engineering and

Petroleum Engineering.Basic concepts in production of hydrocarbons.

Co-requisites --

Page 126: B.Tech. APPLIED PETROLEUM ENGINEERING-UPSTREAM · 81,9(56,7< 2) 3(752/(80 (1(5*< 678',(6 362 7r ohduq ydulrxv w\shv ri guloolqj uljv dqg lwv frpsrqhqwv vxfk dv srzhu v\vwhpv ioxlg

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES

will be able to understand basics principle of rock failure, frac.fluids, proppants,frac.equipment,

evaluation of frac.tratment etc.

Course Content UNIT-1: FORMATION DAMAGE 10 HOURS

Formation Damage basics, reasons, effect on productivity, Skin effect: types and evaluation,

Determination of skin, Damage mechanism and mitigation methods

UNIT-2: ACIDIZATION 10 HOURS

Acidization Mineralogy, composition of sand stone, limestone etc. Acid mineral interaction, reaction

rate, calculation of acid for acidization. Additives and its selection, treatment design, equipment and

post job evaluation. Safety aspects

UNIT-3: HYDROFRACTURING 10 HOURS

Hydrofracturing, Mechanism of fracture generation, orientation and extent, frac. gradient evaluation,

Proppant evaluation and selection, frac fluid components, additives equipment, fracturing and post

frac, procedure, evaluation. Frac job: Equipment and procedure, evaluation. Safety aspects

Text Books 1. Reservoir Stimulation Michael J.Economides, Kenneth G.Nolte

2. Production Operations (Vol. ii) Thomas O Allen, Alan P Roberts

3. Petroleum Production Systems Michael J.Economides, A.Daniel Hill, Christine Ehilg Economides,

Modes of Evaluation: Quiz/Assignment/ presentation/ extempore/ Written Examination Examination Scheme:

Components Internal Assessment

MSE ESE

Weightage (%) 30 20 50

Relationship between the Course Outcomes (COs) and Program Outcomes (POs)

PO-

PSO/CO

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11

PO12

PSO1

PSO2

CO1 2 - 2 - 2 - - - - - 1 -

CO2 1 - 2 - 2 - - - - - 3 -

CO3 1 3 - 2 3 - - - - 2 1 -

CO4 3 1 3 - 1 - - - - 1 3 -

1. WEAK 2. MODERATE 3. STRONG

Page 127: B.Tech. APPLIED PETROLEUM ENGINEERING-UPSTREAM · 81,9(56,7< 2) 3(752/(80 (1(5*< 678',(6 362 7r ohduq ydulrxv w\shv ri guloolqj uljv dqg lwv frpsrqhqwv vxfk dv srzhu v\vwhpv ioxlg

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES

COURSE OBJECTIVES

1. To understand and be able to complete the following charts with regard to a specific product,

assembly chart, route sheet, operations process chart, from-to chart, and activity relationship chart

2. To identify equipment requirements for a specific process

3. To understand the benefit of an efficient material handling system

4. Understand what effect process layout has on the material handling system

5. To describe and determine the effect of product, process, and schedule

6. To design parameters on plant layout and materials handling systems design.

7. To identify the characteristics of product and process layouts and their needs in terms of

materials handling.

8. To develop and analyse plant layouts using manual and computer aided software methodologies.

COURSE OUTCOMES

On completion of this course, the students will be able to

CO1. Illustrate the elements of material handling.

CO2. Apply material handling equipment for industrial applications

CO3. Analyze the design for material handling equipment.

CO4. Classify the different material storage systems.

CO5. Interpret the different automation and safety measures.

CATALOG DESCRIPTION

Material handling involves short-distance movement within the confines of a building or between a

building and a transportation vehicle. It utilizes a wide range of manual, semi-automated, and

automated equipment and includes consideration of the protection, storage, and control of

materials throughout their manufacturing, warehousing, distribution, consumption, and disposal.

Material handling can be used to create time and place utility through the handling, storage, and

control of material, as distinct from manufacturing, which creates form utility by changing the

shape, form, and makeup of material.

The goal of the course is to take students with different backgrounds (mechanical engineering,

computer science, electrical engineering, physics, etc.) and give them a common base in the

CIVIL 3001 ENGINEERING MATERIALS L T P C Version 1.0 3 0 0 3

Pre-requisites/Exposure Should have compréhensive knowledge in Chemical Engineering and

Petroleum Engineering.Basic concepts in production of hydrocarbons.

Co-requisites --

Page 128: B.Tech. APPLIED PETROLEUM ENGINEERING-UPSTREAM · 81,9(56,7< 2) 3(752/(80 (1(5*< 678',(6 362 7r ohduq ydulrxv w\shv ri guloolqj uljv dqg lwv frpsrqhqwv vxfk dv srzhu v\vwhpv ioxlg

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES

fundamentals of robotics. A secondary goal is to introduce students to the Robotics program, and to

give them some of the skills that will make them successful, both in the program and as a

professional roboticist.

In the automotive industry, it is thought that agile manufacturing systems will permit fast cost-

effective responses to unpredictable and ever-changing product demand, and support rapid product

launches for previously unplanned products tailored to meet changing customer desires. We discuss

two simple decision models that provide initial insights and industry perspective into the business

case for investment in agile manufacturing systems. The models are applied to study the

hypothetical decision of whether to invest in a dedicated, agile, or flexible manufacturing system for

engine and transmission parts machining. These decision models are a first step toward developing

practical business case tools that help industry to assess the value of agile manufacturing systems.

Course Content UNIT I: PRODUCTION SYSTEMS 5 LECTURE HOURS

Categories of manufacturing systems, manufacturing support systems, automation in production

systems, automated manufacturing systems, opportunities for automation and computerization,

types of automation, computerized manufacturing support systems, reasons for automating,

automation principles and strategies, the USA principle, ten strategies for automation, automation

migration strategy

UNIT II: AUTOMATION AND CONTROL TECHNOLOGIES IN PRODUCTION SYSTEM 6 LECTURE HOURS

Basic elements of an automated system, advanced automation functions, levels of automation,

continuous and discrete control systems, computer process control, common measuring devices

used in automation, desirable features for selection of measuring devices

UNIT III: MATERIAL HANDLING SYSTEM 7 LECTURE HOURS

Material handling equipment, design considerations for material handling system, material

transport equipment, analysis of material transport systems, storage systems and their

performance and location strategies, conventional and automated storage systems, overview of

automatic identification and data capture, bar code technology, RFID, other AIDC technologies

UNIT IV: PRODUCTION AND ASSEMBLY SYSTEMS 8 LECTURE HOURS

Automated production lines- fundamentals, system configurations, work part transfer mechanisms,

storage buffers, control of production line, applications

Automated assembly systems- fundamentals, system configurations, parts delivery at work stations,

applications

UNIT V: CELLULAR MANUFACTURING 5 LECTURE HOURS

Group technology, part families, parts classification and coding, production flow analysis, Opitz

coding system, composite part concept, machine cell design, applications of GT

Page 129: B.Tech. APPLIED PETROLEUM ENGINEERING-UPSTREAM · 81,9(56,7< 2) 3(752/(80 (1(5*< 678',(6 362 7r ohduq ydulrxv w\shv ri guloolqj uljv dqg lwv frpsrqhqwv vxfk dv srzhu v\vwhpv ioxlg

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES

UNIT VI: FLEXIBLE MANUFACTURING SYSTEMS 5 LECTURE HOURS

Introduction to FMS, types of FMS, FMS components, applications and benefits, planning and

implementation issues in FMS, quantitative analysis of FMS.

Text Books 1. Automation, Production Systems, and Computer-Integrated Manufacturing, Mikell P. Grover, PHI.

Reference Books 1. Theory of Automation of Production Planning and of Tooling: Algorithms for Designing Machine Tools in Automated Industrial Plants, By G. K. Goranskiĭ"

Modes of Evaluation: Quiz/Assignment/ presentation/ extempore/ Written Examination Examination Scheme:

Components Internal Assessment

MSE ESE

Weightage (%) 30 20 50

Relationship between the Course Outcomes (COs) and Program Outcomes (POs)

1= weakly mapped 2= moderately mapped 3=strongly mapped

Mapping between COs and POs

Course Outcomes (COs) Mapped Programme Outcomes

CO1

Illustrate the elements of material handling.

PO1,PO2,PO10

CO2 Apply material handling equipment for industrial applications

PO1,PO2,PO4,PO10

CO3 Analyse the design for material handling equipment. PO1,PO2,PO4,PO10

CO4 Classify the different material storage systems.

PO1,PO2,PO4,PO10

CO5 Interpret the different automation and safety measures. PO1,PO2,PO4,PO10

Course Code Course Title

PO1

PO2

PO3

PO4

PO5

PO6

PO7

PO8

PO9

PO10

P O 11

P O 12

PSO1

PSO2

PSO3

MECH 4003

Theory of automation

3 3 3 3 - - - - 3 - - 3 3 1

Page 130: B.Tech. APPLIED PETROLEUM ENGINEERING-UPSTREAM · 81,9(56,7< 2) 3(752/(80 (1(5*< 678',(6 362 7r ohduq ydulrxv w\shv ri guloolqj uljv dqg lwv frpsrqhqwv vxfk dv srzhu v\vwhpv ioxlg

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES

COURSE OBJECTIVES

1. To make the student familiar with current practices and challenges in Deep Sea Production

Development and Systems.

2. Able to understand and identify typical systems available on a FPSO (Floating Production

Storage and Offloading) including Separation of crude to water, oil and gas and treatment of

each, to the point of final disposal or reinjection.

3. Under the Physics and Chemistry of Deepwater Offshore challenges like Hydrates, Wax,

Scale, Asphaltene precipitation typical at High Pressure and Low Temperatures and their

Mitigation using principles of heat transfer

4. To be familiar with basic Multiphase Flow concepts, flow regimes, pressure drop, slugging

concepts of both transient and hydrodynamic and other common problems faced in the

field

5. Confident in design and use of Thermodynamic Inhibitors like MEG (Mono Ethylene Glycol),

Methanol and LDHIs (Low Dosage Hydrate Inhibitors) to prevent Hydrate formation in

Pipelines

COURSE OUTCOMES

On completion of this course, the students will be able to

CO1. Identify different processes that are typical to FPSO

CO2. Be Familiar with some Case studies in Deepwater Production systems in Angola, Brazil

CO3. Do basic Thermodynamic calculations for Hydrate prevention

CO4. Be familiar with offshore Production systems and facilities both on surface and sub surface

CO5. Diagnose common Production problems in Flow Assurance

CATALOG DESCRIPTION

Course Content UNIT I: COMPONENTS OF DEEP SEA PRODUCTION SYSTEMS: 6 LECTURE HOURS

Single Well versus Multi wells. Surface systems versus Sub surface systems

UNIT II: FLOW ASSURANCE: 4 LECTURE HOURS

PEAU 3010 Deep Sea Production System L T P C

Version 1.0 3 0 0 3

Pre-requisites/Exposure Offshore Drilling and Production

Co-requisites

Page 131: B.Tech. APPLIED PETROLEUM ENGINEERING-UPSTREAM · 81,9(56,7< 2) 3(752/(80 (1(5*< 678',(6 362 7r ohduq ydulrxv w\shv ri guloolqj uljv dqg lwv frpsrqhqwv vxfk dv srzhu v\vwhpv ioxlg

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES

Hydrate Formation, Wax Deposition, Asphaltene precipitation, Corrosion, Scaling, Severe Slugging

challenges and current mitigation practices

UNIT III: BRAZIL DEEP SEA PRODUCTION AND FPSO: 4 LECTURE HOURS

Case Study

UNIT IV: ANGOLA DEEP SEA PRODUCTION SYSTEM AND FPSO: 4 LECTURE HOURS

Case Study.

UNIT V: 3 LECTURE HOURS

Text Books

21. Offshore Petroleum Drilling and Production, CRC Press, Sukumar Laik Reference Books

5. Handbook of Offshore Oil and Gas Operations, Gulf Publishing, James Speight 6. API Overview of Subsea Production systems 7. DNV Overview of Subsea Production systems

Modes of Evaluation: Quiz/Assignment/ presentation/ extempore/ Written Examination Examination Scheme:

Components Internal Assessment

MSE ESE

Weightage (%) 30 20 50

Relationship between the Course Outcomes (COs) and Program Outcomes (POs)

Mapping between COs and POs

Course Outcomes (COs) Mapped Programme

Outcomes

CO1 Identify different processes that are typical to FPSO PO1, PO2, PO3, PSO3, PSO4

CO2 Be Familiar with some Case studies in Deepwater Production systems in Angola, Brazil

PO1, PO2, PO3, PO9, PSO3, PSO4

CO3 Do basic Thermodynamic calculations for Hydrate prevention PO1, PO2, PSO4

CO4 Be familiar with offshore Production systems and facilities both on surface and sub surface PO1, PO2, PSO3, PSO4

CO5 Diagnose common Production problems in Flow Assurance

PO1, PO2, PSO3, PSO4

Course Code

Course Title

PO1

PO2

PO3

PO4

PO5

PO6

PO7

PO8

PO9

PO10

P O 11

P O 12

PS O 1

PS O 2

PS O 3

PSO 4

Page 132: B.Tech. APPLIED PETROLEUM ENGINEERING-UPSTREAM · 81,9(56,7< 2) 3(752/(80 (1(5*< 678',(6 362 7r ohduq ydulrxv w\shv ri guloolqj uljv dqg lwv frpsrqhqwv vxfk dv srzhu v\vwhpv ioxlg

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES

1=Weakly mapped 2= Moderately mapped 3=Strongly mapped

PEAU 3010

Deep Sea Production System

3 3 2 2 3

Page 133: B.Tech. APPLIED PETROLEUM ENGINEERING-UPSTREAM · 81,9(56,7< 2) 3(752/(80 (1(5*< 678',(6 362 7r ohduq ydulrxv w\shv ri guloolqj uljv dqg lwv frpsrqhqwv vxfk dv srzhu v\vwhpv ioxlg

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES

Page 134: B.Tech. APPLIED PETROLEUM ENGINEERING-UPSTREAM · 81,9(56,7< 2) 3(752/(80 (1(5*< 678',(6 362 7r ohduq ydulrxv w\shv ri guloolqj uljv dqg lwv frpsrqhqwv vxfk dv srzhu v\vwhpv ioxlg

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES

COURSE OBJECTIVES

1. To complement the Learning of On-land Drilling and Production operations with Offshore

knowledge since Offshore operations contribute 20-30% of Total Oil and Gas production

2. To appreciate the extra challenges faced in the harsh Offshore Environments where all

equipment and personnel are working on a remote location

3. To learn about the challenges faced in working Subsea especially in deeper waters

COURSE OUTCOMES

On completion of this course, the students will be able to

CO1. Appreciate the challenges faced in Offshore environment due to Sea States, Weather, Geo

Hazards, Sea bed survey

CO2. Evaluate Various types of Fixed Structures and Mobile structures used for Drilling and

Production, their advantages, disadvantages

CO3. Discuss issues associated with Mobile Units like Buoyancy and Stability, Anchoring & Mooring,

Emergency Disconnect, Station Keeping

CO4. Explain the entire Drilling Process and Components starting from Open Water drilling, to Well

Completion including special topics like Well Control and differences between Onshore and Offshore

Operations

CO5. Identify the different options available for Offshore production including Sub Sea production,

the challenges faced

CATALOG DESCRIPTION

Offshore oil and gas fields have received much attention since the first offshore platform that

produced oil went on stream in 1947. The design and construction of offshore platforms, Mobile

Units, Subsea equipment have continued and the technology capable of finding and producing oil in

deeper waters and in harsher environments around the world has seen remarkable developments.

This course explains the differences between Onshore and Offshore operations as it relates to each

aspect of the Oil and Gas industry but with focus on Drilling and Production Operations in particular.

Course Content UNIT I: SEA STATES AND WEATHER: 5 LECTURE HOURS

PTEG411 Offshore Drilling & Production Operations L T P C

Version 1.0 3 1 0 4 Pre-requisites/Exposure PTEG231 Elements of Rig Component Design

PTEG211 Drilling Engineering and Well Completion Co-requisites PTEG321 Production Engineering 1

Page 135: B.Tech. APPLIED PETROLEUM ENGINEERING-UPSTREAM · 81,9(56,7< 2) 3(752/(80 (1(5*< 678',(6 362 7r ohduq ydulrxv w\shv ri guloolqj uljv dqg lwv frpsrqhqwv vxfk dv srzhu v\vwhpv ioxlg

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES

Oceanography, Seabed condition, Wave Characterization, Meteorology, Buoyancy & Stability.

UNIT II: OFFSHORE STRUCTURES: 8 LECTURE HOURS

Fixed Platforms: Types descriptions and operations. Mobile Units: Types, description, installation,

station keeping, mooring and Dynamic Positioning

UNIT III: 15 LECTURE HOURS

Key issues when drilling in above Rig types. Spudding, Conductor and Riser, Well head installation,

BOP and Well Control, Casing and Cementing, Emergency procedures. Deep Sea drilling challenges

UNIT IV: 5 LECTURE HOURS

Well Completion; Platform and Subsea Well Completions

UNIT V: PRODUCTION OPERATIONS: 5 LECTURE HOURS

Processing Platform, Water Injection, Storage, Single Point Mooring, Transportation and Utilities

Text Books

1. Floater Operations – Exxon Mobil Training book 2. Technology of Offshore Drilling, Completion and Production - PennWell 3. Handbook of Offshore Oil and Gas Operations – James Speight

Reference Books

1. Offshore Rig Technology Catalogue – Schlumberger 2. Transocean Offshore Operations Manual – Transocean 3. Deepwater Horizon Accident report – Final Version 4. GE_hydril_Vetco Drilling systems catalogue - GE

Modes of Evaluation: Quiz/Assignment/ presentation/ extempore/ Written Examination Examination Scheme:

Components Internal Assessment

MSE ESE

Weightage (%) 30 20 50

Relationship between the Course Outcomes (COs) and Program Outcomes (POs)

Mapping between COs and POs

Course Outcomes (COs) Mapped Programme

Outcomes

CO1 Appreciate the challenges faced in Offshore environment due to Sea States, Weather, Geo Hazards, Sea bed survey

PO1, PO9, PSO1, PSO2

CO2 Evaluate Various types of Fixed Structures and Mobile structures used for Drilling and Production, their PO1, PO2, PO11, PSO1, PSO2

Page 136: B.Tech. APPLIED PETROLEUM ENGINEERING-UPSTREAM · 81,9(56,7< 2) 3(752/(80 (1(5*< 678',(6 362 7r ohduq ydulrxv w\shv ri guloolqj uljv dqg lwv frpsrqhqwv vxfk dv srzhu v\vwhpv ioxlg

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES

1=Weakly mapped 2= Moderately mapped 3=Strongly mapped

advantages, disadvantages

CO3 Discuss issues associated with Mobile Units like Buoyancy and Stability, Anchoring & Mooring, Emergency Disconnect, Station Keeping

PO1, PO2, PO5, PO11, PSO1, PSO2, PSO3

CO4

Explain the entire Drilling Process and Components starting from Open Water drilling, to Well Completion including special topics like Well Control and differences between Onshore and Offshore Operations

PO1, PO2, PO4, PO5, PO6, PO7, PO8, PO9, PO10, PO11, PO12,

PSO1, PSO2, PSO3, PSO4

CO5 Identify the different options available for Offshore production including Sub Sea production, the challenges faced

PO1, PO2, PO4, PO5, PO6, PO7, PO8, PO10, PO11, PSO1, PSO2,

PSO3, PSO4

Course Code

Course Title

PO1

PO2

PO3

PO4

PO5

PO6

PO7

PO8

PO9

PO10

P O 11

P O 12

PS O 1

PS O 2

PS O 3

PSO 4

PTEG 411

Offshore Drilling and Production Operations

3 3 2 3 3 2 2 1 1 2 2 1 3 3 3 2

Page 137: B.Tech. APPLIED PETROLEUM ENGINEERING-UPSTREAM · 81,9(56,7< 2) 3(752/(80 (1(5*< 678',(6 362 7r ohduq ydulrxv w\shv ri guloolqj uljv dqg lwv frpsrqhqwv vxfk dv srzhu v\vwhpv ioxlg

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES

COURSE OBJECTIVES

1. Main objective of course to help the students understand the basic concepts of reservoir

Modelling and Simulation to predict the future performance of a reservoir and optimize

recovery and value of hydrocarbons

2. To enable students to understand establish a good level of confidence in reservoir

description, they can use the simulator to perform a variety of numerical exercises, with the

goal for optimizing the economics of petroleum recovery while minimizing cost

3. To empower the students with the expertise of simulation and Modeling approaches to

establish development strategies for futuristic predictions

4. To expose students to a wide variety of research areas and concerns in and around

Reservoir Modeling and Simulation and multidisciplinary domains such as performance

predictions of Shale Gas, CBM and Gas Hydrate Reservoirs.

5. To expose the students with necessary engineering skills such as solving engineering

problems in a professional way, using commercial Reservoir Modeling Softwares viz., Black

Oil Simulators (IMEX- CMG & ECLIPSE-100- Schlumberger) & PETREL- RE Software through

Demo & Exercises for data analysis and better understanding of numerical simulations etc.

COURSE OUTCOMES

On completion of this course, the students will be able to

CO1. Estimate the reservoir properties and acquainted reservoir simulation techniques.

CO2. Evaluate and explain the properties of reservoir fluid. Calculate reserves of oil and gas by

volumetric and material balance methods

CO3. Calculate the required parameters applied in reservoir engineering through the Phenomenon

of multiphase flow system in porous media.

CO4. Calculate the output of Dynamic Simulation of Reservoir through Finite Difference Equations:

Discretization & Iterative Processes

CO5. Generate the Performance predictions profiles of reservoirs by History Matching and reservoir

Simulation and find out the Coning problems.

CO6. Acquire the Basics knowledge of Reservoir Modeling Softwares viz., Black Oil Simulators

(IMEX- CMG & ECLIPSE-100- Schlumberger) & PETREL- RE Software through Demo & Exercises

PTAU 4002 Reservoir Modeling & Simulation L T P C

Version 1.0 3 0 0 3

Pre-requisites/Exposure Fundamental properties of Hydrocarbons. Recovery Process of Oil &Gas.

Co-requisites --

Page 138: B.Tech. APPLIED PETROLEUM ENGINEERING-UPSTREAM · 81,9(56,7< 2) 3(752/(80 (1(5*< 678',(6 362 7r ohduq ydulrxv w\shv ri guloolqj uljv dqg lwv frpsrqhqwv vxfk dv srzhu v\vwhpv ioxlg

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES

CATALOG DESCRIPTION

Reservoir simulation is a sophisticated mathematical/ numerical tool. It allows the engineer to

apply reservoir analysis in the context of realistic reservoir descriptions, which display variations in

reservoir rock and fluid parameters in space and time.

The computational workload required to perform reservoir simulation calculations is so great that it

can only be accomplished using computers.

The current course covers the Reservoir Modeling and Simulation, as relevant to Petroleum

engineering. The course begins with a description of different fluid properties and covers the basic

conservation laws of mass. The students will learn the fundamental laws of reservoir engineering.

The Reservoir Modeling and simulation is the most comprehensive method, the classical reservoir

engineering methods are still in use to predict reservoir performance. These classical methods can

be used to generate input data for reservoir simulators such as, a pressure build-up analysis,

formation permeability in reservoir characterization, and material balance methods yield

information on water encroachment and aquifer size during history match. Further, being a rigorous

course on problem solving, it will acquaint students with Reservoir Modeling and Simulation

Techniques and the effective use of commercial Simulator and software packages to answer

engineering questions with hand on practice.

Course Content UNIT I: INTRODUCTION OF RESERVOIR MODELING & SIMULATION & MBE 4 LECTURE HOURS

Introduction of Reservoir Modeling and Simulation, Understanding the concept and Limitation of

MBE Approach To Reservoir Performance Evaluation

UNIT II: RESERVOIR ROCK AND FLUID IN HOMOGENEITY 4 LECTURE HOURS

Introduction of Reservoir Rock Properties and Its use in Simulation. Fluid In homogeneity and its

applications

UNIT III: REVIEW OF OIL AND GAS FLOW THROUGH PETROLEUM RESERVOIR: 2 LECTURE HOURS

Single Phase Flow,

UNIT IV: TWO-PHASE AND MULTI PHASE FLOW EQUATIONS FOR ONE, TWO AND THREE

DIMENSIONAL MODELS 3 LECTURE HOURS

Two-Phase and Multi Phase Flow Equations for One Dimensional Model, Two-Phase and Multi Phase

Flow Equations for Two Dimensional Models and Two-Phase and Multi Phase Flow Equations for

Three Dimensional Models.

UNIT V: FINITE DIFFERENCE EQUATIONS 8 LECTURE HOURS

Finite Difference Equations: Explicit Equations, Implicit Equations, Coefficient Matrix. Iterative

Solution. Stability Criteria, Solution Methods and Uses of Different Softwares, MBAL, Petrel and CMG

Page 139: B.Tech. APPLIED PETROLEUM ENGINEERING-UPSTREAM · 81,9(56,7< 2) 3(752/(80 (1(5*< 678',(6 362 7r ohduq ydulrxv w\shv ri guloolqj uljv dqg lwv frpsrqhqwv vxfk dv srzhu v\vwhpv ioxlg

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES

UNIT VI: DISCRETIZATION AND ITERATIVE PROCESSES 3 LECTURE HOURS

Discretization- Implicit Pressure Explicit Saturation (IMPES), Implicit Pressure Implicit Saturation

(IMPIS), Iterative Processes -Jacobi, Relaxation and Gauss Seidal Methods), ADIP, Strongly Implicit

Procedure, Point Iterative.

UNIT VII: HISTORY MATCHING AND PERFORMANCE PREDICTION OF RESERVOIRS 4 LECTURE

HOURS

Decline Curve Analysis, History Matching, Performance Prediction of Reservoirs Case studies of

Indian Fileds and Case Studies of Foreign Fields.

UNIT VIII: CONING PHENOMENON, COMPOSITIONAL MODEL 4 LECTURE HOURS

Coning Phenomenon, Compositional Model

UNIT IX: CONING PHENOMENON, COMPOSITIONAL MODEL 4 LECTURE HOURS

Coning Phenomenon, Compositional Model

Text Books

1. 1 Crichlow, Henry B, Modern Reservoir Engineering-A Simulation Approach, 1977. 2. 2. Ertekin, T, Abou-Kassem, J.H. and G.R. King, Basic Applied Reservoir Simulation, SPE 3. Textbook Vol 10, 2001 4. 3. Fanchi, J., Principles of Applied Reservoir Simulation, 3rd Edition, Elsevier GPP, 2006

Reference Books

7. 1. Aziz, K. and Settari, A., Petroleum Reservoir Simulation, 1979, Applied Science Publishers. 8. 2. Mattax, C.C. and Dalton, R. L, Reservoir Simulation, SPE Monograph Volume 13, 1990. 9. 3. Holstein, E. (Editor), Petroleum Engineering Handbook, Volume V(b), Chapter 17, Reservoir 10. Engineering, 2007.

4. Carlson, M., Practical Reservoir Simulation, 2006, Penn Well Corporation. 11. 5. Towler, B.F., Fundamental Principles of Reservoir Engineering, Volume 8, SPE Textbook 12. Series, USA, 2013.

Modes of Evaluation: Quiz/Assignment/ presentation/ extempore/ Written Examination Examination Scheme:

Components Internal Assessment

MSE ESE

Weightage (%) 30 20 50

Relationship between the Course Outcomes (COs) and Program Outcomes (POs)

Mapping between COs and POs

Page 140: B.Tech. APPLIED PETROLEUM ENGINEERING-UPSTREAM · 81,9(56,7< 2) 3(752/(80 (1(5*< 678',(6 362 7r ohduq ydulrxv w\shv ri guloolqj uljv dqg lwv frpsrqhqwv vxfk dv srzhu v\vwhpv ioxlg

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES

1=Weakly mapped 2= Moderately mapped 3= Strongly mapped

Course Outcomes (COs) Mapped Programme Outcomes

CO1 Estimate the reservoir properties and acquainted reservoir simulation techniques.

PO1, PO4, PO6, PO9,PO11,PO12, PSO1, PSO3, PSO4

CO2 Evaluate and explain the properties of reservoir fluid. Calculate reserves of oil and gas by volumetric and material balance methods.

PO1, PO3, PO5, PO8, PO10, PO12, PSO2, PSO3, PSO4

CO3 Calculate the required parameters applied in reservoir engineering through the phenomenon of multiphase flow system in porous media.

PO1, PO2, PO4, PO5,PO7,PO9,PO11,PO12,PSO1,PSO2,PSO3

CO4 Calculate the output of Dynamic Simulation of Reservoir through Finite Difference Equations: Discretization & Iterative Processes

PO1, PO3,PO5, PO6, PO7, PO9, PO12, PSO1,PSO3, PSO4

CO5 Generate the Performance predictions profiles of reservoirs by History Matching and reservoir Simulation and also find out the Coning problems.

PO1, PO4,PO5, PO6,PO11,PO12,PSO1,PSO2,PSO4

CO6 Acquire the Basics knowledge of Reservoir Modeling Softwares viz., Black Oil Simulators (IMEX- CMG & ECLIPSE-100- Schlumberger) & PETREL- RE Software through Demo & Exercises

PO1,PO2,PO3,PO4,PO5,PO6,PO8,PO9, PO10, PO11,PO12,PSO1,PSO3,PSO4

Course Code Course Title

PO1

PO2

PO3

PO4

PO5

PO6

PO7

PO8

PO9

PO 10

PO 11

PO 12

PSO 1

PSO 2

PSO 3

PSO 4

PTEG 431

Réservoir Modeling & Simulation (Theory)

3 1 1 2 3 3 1 1 3 1 2 3 3 2 3 2

Page 141: B.Tech. APPLIED PETROLEUM ENGINEERING-UPSTREAM · 81,9(56,7< 2) 3(752/(80 (1(5*< 678',(6 362 7r ohduq ydulrxv w\shv ri guloolqj uljv dqg lwv frpsrqhqwv vxfk dv srzhu v\vwhpv ioxlg

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES

COURSE OBJECTIVES

The present course aims at developing skills on pipeline design, operation, construction and

maintenance. The course gives the student the opportunity to analyze and interpret data, to identify,

formulate, and solve pipeline engineering problems, and to use the techniques, skills, and modern

engineering tools necessary for engineering practice.

COURSE OUTCOMES

On completion of this course, the students will be able to

1. Apply the knowledge of Mathematics, Science, and Engineering in property calculations

2. Evaluate the Pressure Drop in Oil and Gas Pipelines.

3. Analyze the various techniques used in pipeline laying and construction.

4. Classify different machinery used for transporting oil and gas.

5. Examine Pipeline issues and mitigation measures.

6. Illustrate with case studies

CATALOG DESCRIPTION

The subject covers onshore pipeline engineering activities that students will find useful while

working in pipeline industry. The syllabus focuses on key areas like pipeline design, operation,

construction and maintenance. The students also go through the pipeline codes such as ASME

B31.4, ASME B31.8. The syllabus is divided into a number of sections including design,

construction, pressure testing, operation and maintenance, condition monitoring, decommissioning

and pipeline industry developments.

Course Content UNIT I: (LECTURES: 7)

A. BASICS OF PIPELINE OPERATIONS – (LECTURES: 3)

Modes of Transporting Oil & Gas, Importance of Pipelines, Pipeline Systems, Design Life of

Pipelines, Size and Cost of Pipelines, History of Pipelines in India, Major Codes and Standards in

Pipeline, NPS Chart

B. PROPERTIES OF GAS AND LIQUID (LECTURES: 4)

Various Systems, Standard Conditions, Gases: Volume/Specific Gravity/Viscosity/Average Molecular

Weight Compressibility Factor/Average Pressure Calculation/Heating Value, Liquids:

PTEG441 Pipeline Transportation of Oil & Gas L T P C

Version 1.0 4 0 0 4 Pre-requisites/Exposure Fluid Mechanics, Mathematics, Physics Co-requisites --

Page 142: B.Tech. APPLIED PETROLEUM ENGINEERING-UPSTREAM · 81,9(56,7< 2) 3(752/(80 (1(5*< 678',(6 362 7r ohduq ydulrxv w\shv ri guloolqj uljv dqg lwv frpsrqhqwv vxfk dv srzhu v\vwhpv ioxlg

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES

Mass/Volume/Specific Weight/API Gravity(Dependency on Temperature)/Specific Gravity of

Blended Liquids/Viscosities of Liquid Mixtures(Variation with Temperature)/Bulk Modulus/Vapor

Pressure

UNIT II: (LECTURES 12)

PRESSURE DROP CALCULATIONS:

A. FOR GASES: (8 LECTURES)

Gas: Flow Equations

Generalized Flow Equation, Weymouth Equation, Panhandle A equation, Panhandle B

Equation.

Transmission Factor

Effect of Pipeline Elevation (Single Slope, Multiple Slope)

Velocity of Gas in Pipeline, Erosional Velocity, Reynolds Number (gas pipeline), Friction

Factor Calculations.

B. FOR LIQUIDS: (4 LECTURES)

Converting Pressure to Head

Velocity of Liquid in Pipelines

Pressure Drop Equations ( Hagen Williams Equation, Shell MIT Equation, Miller Equation)

Looping and Branching in Pipeline (Gas and Liquid)

UNIT III: (LECTURES: 5)

PIPELINE CONSTRUCTION AND LAYING ACTIVITIES

Pipeline Construction

Pipe Laying,

Pipe Specifications,

Route Surveying,

Trenching, Welding, Wrapping,

Pig launchers and receivers,

Roads and River Crossings

UNIT IV: (LECTURES: 6)

PUMPS AND COMPRESSORS

Types of Pumps (Reciprocating and Centrifugal Pumps)

Pumps and Compressor Characteristics Curves

Single and Multistage pumps and compressors

Efficiency Calculations

Congealing

UNIT V: (LECTURES: 6)

Page 143: B.Tech. APPLIED PETROLEUM ENGINEERING-UPSTREAM · 81,9(56,7< 2) 3(752/(80 (1(5*< 678',(6 362 7r ohduq ydulrxv w\shv ri guloolqj uljv dqg lwv frpsrqhqwv vxfk dv srzhu v\vwhpv ioxlg

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES

PIPELINE ISSUES AND MITIGATION MEASURES

Wax, Scaling, Condensate, Corrosion

Thermal Variations in Pipeline

Automation and SCADA

Pipeline Leakage

Corrosion and Cathodic Protection

Case Study

Text Books

1. Menon, E. S. (2005). Gas pipeline hydraulics, CRC Press, Taylor and Francis Group,

Boca Raton, FL.

2. Menon, E. S. (2005). Liquid pipeline hydraulics, CRC Press, Taylor and Francis Group,

Boca Raton, FL

3. E.W. McAllister (2002). Pipeline Rules of Thumb Handbook, Gulf Professional

Publishing

Reference Books

1. Duraid, A. (2010). A Quick Guide to Pipeline Engineering, Wood hand

Publishing, Cambridge, England.

2. Arnold, K. (1989). Surface Production Operations. Gulf Publishing Company,

Houston, Texas.

3. Piping and Pipeline Engineering: Design, Construction, Maintenance, Integrity

and Repair; George A. Antaki, Marcel Dekker Inc.,2003

Modes of Evaluation: Quiz/Assignment/ Class Test/ Tutorial Examination Scheme:

Components Internal Assessment

MSE

ESE

Weightage (%) 30 20 50

Relationship between the Course Outcomes (COs) and Program Outcomes (POs)

Mapping between COs and POs

Course Outcomes (COs) Mapped Programme

Outcomes

Page 144: B.Tech. APPLIED PETROLEUM ENGINEERING-UPSTREAM · 81,9(56,7< 2) 3(752/(80 (1(5*< 678',(6 362 7r ohduq ydulrxv w\shv ri guloolqj uljv dqg lwv frpsrqhqwv vxfk dv srzhu v\vwhpv ioxlg

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES

Eng

inee

ring

Kno

wle

dge

Pro

blem

ana

lysi

s

Des

ign/

deve

lopm

ent o

f so

luti

ons

Con

duct

inve

stig

atio

ns o

f co

mpl

ex p

robl

ems

Mod

ern

tool

usa

ge

The

eng

inee

r an

d so

ciet

y

Env

iron

men

t and

sus

tain

abili

ty

Eth

ics

Indi

vidu

al o

r te

am w

ork

Com

mun

icat

ion

Pro

ject

man

agem

ent a

nd f

inan

ce

Lif

e-lo

ng L

earn

ing

Course Code

Course Title PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO2 PSO3

PTEG 441

Pipeline Transportation of Oil and Gas

3 2 2 1 1 1 3 3 3

1=weakly mapped 2= moderately mapped 3=strongly mapped

CO1

Apply the knowledge of Mathematics, Science,

and Engineering for oil and gas property

calculations.

PO1, PO2,PO3,PO4

CO2 Evaluate the Pressure Drop, Horse Power required to transport Oil and Gas in Pipelines

PO1, PO2,PO3,PO4,PSO2

CO3 Analyze the various techniques used in pipeline laying and construction PO1,PO5,PO6

CO4 Classify different machinery used for transporting oil and gas

PO1,PO5,PO7,PSO2

CO5 Examine Pipeline issues and mitigation measures

PO8,PO9,PO10,PO11,PO12,PSO3

Page 145: B.Tech. APPLIED PETROLEUM ENGINEERING-UPSTREAM · 81,9(56,7< 2) 3(752/(80 (1(5*< 678',(6 362 7r ohduq ydulrxv w\shv ri guloolqj uljv dqg lwv frpsrqhqwv vxfk dv srzhu v\vwhpv ioxlg

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES

COURSE OBJECTIVES

1. To apply the basic engineering principles in the oil and gas industries

2. To analyse the drilling, well completion, testing, production techniques in the practical

aspects.

3. Develop the large- scale phase diagrams of CBM reservoir with different production context.

4. Estimate the reserves, production trends with interpretation of economic principles

5. To construct the reservoir simulation models, life of the reservoir

COURSE OUTCOMES

On completion of this course, the students will be able to

CO1. Evaluate the physical properties, phase behavior of coal bed methane and condensate

reservoirs.

CO2. Analyze the drilling, completion and testing of CBM wells and to follow the HSE procedures,

standards as per government regulations.

CO3. Classifying the types of logging techniques to evaluate total gas content, examine the

static and bottom hole pressure from wellhead conditions.

CO4. Illustrate the various production methods, simulation models and reserve estimations.

CO5. Apply the production trends, economic principles of CBM reservoirs.

CATALOG DESCRIPTION

The need for affordable energy sources is acute in rural communities of country where costly diesel,

natural gas fuel must be delivered by expensive transportation to produce power generation.

However, in many areas, little is known concerning the properties that control CBM occurrence and

production, including coal bed geometry, coalbed gas content and saturation, reservoir permeability

and pressure, and water chemistry. Therefore, drilling and testing to collect these data are required

to accurately assess the viability of CBM as a potential energy source in most locations. In this

course, the focus will be on improving reservoir development skills, i.e. well testing, coal core

logging, reservoir modeling. Students will learn how to estimate the reserves of the field effectively

by applying basic knowledge of mathematics, coal chemistry, physics. Classroom activities will be

designed to encourage students to play an active role in the construction of feasible production

models and in the design of economic principles of CBM wells. We will combine traditional lectures

PTEG 426 Coalbed Methane Technology L T P C Version 1.0 3 0 0 3 Pre-requisites/Exposure Basic knowledge of mathematics, physics, coal chemistry,

thermodynamics, fluid mechanics. Co-requisites Reservoir, production, drilling and well testing engineering subjects

Page 146: B.Tech. APPLIED PETROLEUM ENGINEERING-UPSTREAM · 81,9(56,7< 2) 3(752/(80 (1(5*< 678',(6 362 7r ohduq ydulrxv w\shv ri guloolqj uljv dqg lwv frpsrqhqwv vxfk dv srzhu v\vwhpv ioxlg

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES

with other active teaching methodologies, such as group discussions, cooperative group solving

problems, analysis of video scenes, quizzes and assignments. Class participation is a fundamental

aspect of this course. Students will be encouraged to actively take part in all group activities and to

give an oral group presentation and seminars.

Course Content UNIT I: 6 LECTURE HOURS

Introduction to CBM and its Resources-Properties of Coal Bed Methane. Rank of Coal, relation

between coal rank and gas Generation-Types of quality analysis of coal.

UNIT II: 8 LECTURE HOURS

Indian coal reserves, Gas content & CBM reserves estimates-different reserve estimation methods.

Coal composition, mineral & metal Content-Adsorption isotherm process.

UNIT III: 8 LECTURE HOURS

Flow of fluid through coal Bed-Transient flow. Laminar flow, steady state flow of gas in the reservoir.

CBM wells-drilling and Completion-Air gas drilling technology, casing design.

UNIT IV: 7 LECTURE HOURS

Composition of CBM and its Utilization-Canister test. Status of exploration and exploitation in India-

current scenario of CBM production in India.

UNIT V: 7 LECTURE HOURS

Estimation of production cost and production Trend-Pressure decline analysis, Volumetric analysis.

Economic limit

Text Books

1. Coal Bed Methane technology by - by Halliburton Inc.

Reference Books 1. Coal Gasification and its Applications by David A.Bell,Brian Towler

Modes of Evaluation: Quiz/Assignment/ Class Test/ Written Examination Examination Scheme:

Components MSE I Presentation/Assignment/ etc ESE Weightage (%) 20 30 50

Relationship between the Course Outcomes (COs) and Program Outcomes (POs)

Mapping between COs and POs

Course Outcomes (COs) Mapped

Programme

Page 147: B.Tech. APPLIED PETROLEUM ENGINEERING-UPSTREAM · 81,9(56,7< 2) 3(752/(80 (1(5*< 678',(6 362 7r ohduq ydulrxv w\shv ri guloolqj uljv dqg lwv frpsrqhqwv vxfk dv srzhu v\vwhpv ioxlg

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES

App

ly th

e kn

owle

dge

of m

athe

mat

ics,

sci

ence

, eng

inee

ring

fu

ndam

enta

ls, a

nd a

n en

gine

erin

g sp

ecia

liza

tion

to th

e so

luti

on o

f co

mpl

ex e

ngin

eeri

ng p

robl

ems

Iden

tify

, for

mul

ate,

rev

iew

res

earc

h li

tera

ture

, and

ana

lyze

com

plex

en

gine

erin

g pr

oble

ms

reac

hing

sub

stan

tiate

d co

nclu

sion

s us

ing

firs

t pr

inci

ples

of

mat

hem

atic

s, n

atur

al s

cien

ces,

and

eng

inee

ring

sc

ienc

es.

Des

ign

solu

tions

for

com

plex

eng

inee

ring

pro

blem

s an

d de

sign

sy

stem

com

pone

nts

or p

roce

sses

that

mee

t the

spe

cifi

ed n

eeds

with

ap

prop

riat

e co

nsid

erat

ion

for

the

publ

ic h

ealth

and

saf

ety,

and

the

cultu

ral,

soci

etal

, and

env

iron

men

tal c

onsi

dera

tion

s.

Use

res

earc

h-ba

sed

know

ledg

e an

d re

sear

ch m

etho

ds in

clud

ing

desi

gn o

f ex

peri

men

ts, a

naly

sis

and

inte

rpre

tati

on o

f da

ta, a

nd

synt

hesi

s of

the

info

rmat

ion

to p

rovi

de v

alid

con

clus

ions

Cre

ate,

sel

ect,

and

appl

y ap

prop

riat

e te

chni

ques

, res

ourc

es, a

nd

mod

ern

engi

neer

ing

and

IT to

ols

incl

udin

g pr

edic

tion

and

mod

elin

g to

com

plex

eng

inee

ring

act

ivit

ies

wit

h an

und

erst

andi

ng o

f th

e li

mita

tion

s.

App

ly r

easo

ning

info

rmed

by

the

cont

extu

al k

now

ledg

e to

ass

ess

soci

etal

, hea

lth,

saf

ety,

lega

l and

cul

tura

l iss

ues

and

the

cons

eque

nt

resp

onsi

bilit

ies

rele

vant

to th

e pr

ofes

sion

al e

ngin

eeri

ng p

ract

ice.

Und

erst

and

the

impa

ct o

f th

e pr

ofes

sion

al e

ngin

eeri

ng s

olut

ions

in

soci

etal

and

env

iron

men

tal c

onte

xts,

and

dem

onst

rate

the

know

ledg

e of

, and

nee

d fo

r su

stai

nabl

e de

velo

pmen

t.

Course Code

Course Title PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7

Outcomes

CO1 Evaluate the physical properties, phase behavior of coal bed methane and condensate reservoirs PO4, PO1

CO2 Analyze the drilling, completion and testing of CBM wells and to follow the HSE procedures, standards as per government regulations

PO3, PO6

CO3 Classifying the types of logging techniques to evaluate total gas content, examine the static and bottom hole pressure from wellhead conditions

PO5, PO3

CO4 Illustrate the various production methods, simulation models and reserve estimations PO2, PO3

CO5 Apply the production trends, economic principles of CBM reservoirs.

PO7, PO4

Page 148: B.Tech. APPLIED PETROLEUM ENGINEERING-UPSTREAM · 81,9(56,7< 2) 3(752/(80 (1(5*< 678',(6 362 7r ohduq ydulrxv w\shv ri guloolqj uljv dqg lwv frpsrqhqwv vxfk dv srzhu v\vwhpv ioxlg

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES

PTEG 426

Coalbed Methane Technology

3 3 3 3 3 3 2

1=weakly mapped 2= moderately mapped 3=strongly mapped

App

ly e

thic

al p

rinc

iple

s an

d co

mm

it to

pr

ofes

sion

al e

thic

s an

d re

spon

sibi

liti

es a

nd

norm

s of

the

engi

neer

ing

prac

tice.

F

unct

ion

effe

ctiv

ely

as a

n in

divi

dual

, and

as

a m

embe

r or

lead

er in

div

erse

team

s, a

nd in

m

ultid

isci

plin

ary

setti

ngs

Com

mun

icat

e ef

fect

ivel

y on

com

plex

en

gine

erin

g ac

tivi

ties

wit

h th

e en

gine

erin

g co

mm

unit

y an

d w

ith

soci

ety

at la

rge,

suc

h as

, be

ing

able

to c

ompr

ehen

d an

d w

rite

eff

ecti

ve

repo

rts

and

desi

gn d

ocum

enta

tion

, mak

e ef

fect

ive

pres

enta

tion

s, a

nd g

ive

and

rece

ive

Dem

onst

rate

kno

wle

dge

and

unde

rsta

ndin

g of

th

e en

gine

erin

g an

d m

anag

emen

t pri

ncip

les

and

appl

y th

ese

to o

ne’s

ow

n w

ork,

as

a m

embe

r an

d le

ader

in a

team

, to

man

age

Rec

ogni

ze th

e ne

ed f

or, a

nd h

ave

the

prep

arat

ion

and

abili

ty to

eng

age

in

inde

pend

ent a

nd li

fe-l

ong

lear

ning

in th

e br

oade

st c

onte

xt o

f te

chno

logi

cal c

hang

e.

App

ly

basi

c co

ncep

ts

of

mat

hem

atic

s,

scie

nce

and

engi

neer

ing

to

solv

e co

mpl

ex

prob

lem

s re

late

d to

ap

plie

d pe

trol

eum

en

gine

erin

g w

ith

spec

ial

focu

s on

G

as

Des

ign

and

anal

yze

the

Gas

pro

duct

ion,

pr

oces

sing

and

tran

spor

tati

on s

yste

ms

usin

g pr

inci

ples

and

pra

ctic

es o

f re

serv

oir

engi

neer

ing,

ther

mod

ynam

ics,

flu

id f

low

, hea

t an

d m

ass

tran

sfer

, rea

ctio

n ki

neti

cs,

econ

omic

s an

d sa

fety

Course Code

Course Title PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2

PTEG 426

Coalbed Methane Technology

2 2 2 2 2 3 3

Page 149: B.Tech. APPLIED PETROLEUM ENGINEERING-UPSTREAM · 81,9(56,7< 2) 3(752/(80 (1(5*< 678',(6 362 7r ohduq ydulrxv w\shv ri guloolqj uljv dqg lwv frpsrqhqwv vxfk dv srzhu v\vwhpv ioxlg

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES

Model Question Paper

Name:

Enrolment No:

Course: PTEG 426-Coalbed Methane Technology Programme: B.Tech. (APE-GAS) Semester: ODD-Dec-2017 Time: 03 hrs. Max. Marks:60 Instructions: Attempt any three questions from Section A (each carrying 6 marks); any Two Questions from Section B (each carrying 10 marks). Section C is Compulsory (carrying 16 marks).

Section A ( attempt any two)

1. Explain in detail Darcy’s flow in cleats of CBM reservoir [6] CO1 2. Discuss about economics of CBM recovery [6] CO5 3. Describe toxicity limitations of coal bed water [6] CO3 4. Define the following terms

a) lost gas b) Thermogenic gas c) Biogenic gas d) Coal bed gas c) cementing job

[6] CO1

SECTION B (Attempt any Two Questions) 4. Why it is necessary to do hydraulic fracturing for CBM wellsɁ what are the

mechanisms that will affect the fluid recovery from the hydraulic fracturingɁ

[10]

CO4

5. Compare the “slug test” and “drill stem” test procedures of CBM wells [10] CO2 6. What are the various methods to find gas content present in the CBM

reservoirs? Explain any four methods [10] CO5

SECTION C is Compulsory 7. Explain in detail ‘open hole completions’ and ‘cased completions’ for

CBM wells with suitable case study [8] CO2

8. The Creek ‘A’ in the month of July has an average minimum monthly flowrate of 12 cu ft/sec. Inherent background TDS in its waters amounts to 10 mg/L. Government regulations limit raising the TDs to a maximum of 190 mg/L. Coalbed methane wells in the adjacent field produce waters having an average TDS content of 1790 mg/L. what maximum volumetric rate of the produced waters in BWPD could be disposed of in ‘A’ Creek in JulyɁ Justify your answer.

[8] CO4

Page 150: B.Tech. APPLIED PETROLEUM ENGINEERING-UPSTREAM · 81,9(56,7< 2) 3(752/(80 (1(5*< 678',(6 362 7r ohduq ydulrxv w\shv ri guloolqj uljv dqg lwv frpsrqhqwv vxfk dv srzhu v\vwhpv ioxlg

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES

Page 151: B.Tech. APPLIED PETROLEUM ENGINEERING-UPSTREAM · 81,9(56,7< 2) 3(752/(80 (1(5*< 678',(6 362 7r ohduq ydulrxv w\shv ri guloolqj uljv dqg lwv frpsrqhqwv vxfk dv srzhu v\vwhpv ioxlg

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES

COURSE OBJECTIVES

1. Student will learn basic issues related to health in Industry

2. Students will get exposed to various aspects of safety concern in Industry

3. Understanding of hazardous management

COURSE OUTCOMES

On completion of this course, the students will be able to:

CO1. Evaluate Health Safety and Environmental Law in hydrocarbon industry.

CO2. Apply feasible health, safety and environmental protection measures in petroleum industry.

CO3. Formulate HSE guidelines for hydrocarbon industry.

CO4. Apply control methods & safety measures for preventing hazards and risk in the oil and gas

industries.

CO5. Identify the treatment methods used for controlling environmental pollution.

CATALOG DESCRIPTION

The prime objective of this course is to make students familiar with the safety of human being in

Industry. Students will be made aware of various safety concerns in Industry with the modern uses

of safety gadgets. Students also get exposed to various best practices for safe disposal of

hazardous waste to manage the clean environment. Students will follow all the safety norms while

working in Industry.

Course Content UNIT I: HEALTH, SAFETY AND ENVIRONMENT CONCEPTS 12 LECTURE HOURS

Introduction to Health, Safety and Environment: Safety Policy, Organization, Monitoring and

Reporting PSM System Audits. Statuary rules and regulations: Environmental Regulations, Factories

Act, petroleum act, Social Security Legislations/Regulations, Oil Mine Regulations, CCE Regulations,

IMO Regulations, OISD Norms.

UNIT II: HAZARDOUS TYPE 12 LECTURE HOURS

Types of hazards in petroleum operations: Physical, Chemical & biological Hazards, Fire, Safety &

health issues in hydrocarbon industry, Health, safety & environmental issues during drilling &

HSFS 4001 Safety Health & Environmental Management L T P C

Version 1.0 3 0 0 3 Pre-requisites/Exposure Basic knowledge of safety awareness Co-requisites --

Page 152: B.Tech. APPLIED PETROLEUM ENGINEERING-UPSTREAM · 81,9(56,7< 2) 3(752/(80 (1(5*< 678',(6 362 7r ohduq ydulrxv w\shv ri guloolqj uljv dqg lwv frpsrqhqwv vxfk dv srzhu v\vwhpv ioxlg

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES

exploration. Accidents investigations & analysis: Types of accidents, accidents investigations,

prevention of accidents.

UNIT III: POLLUTION PROBLEMS AND REMEDIAL MEASURES 14 LECTURE HOURS

Definition and concentration-classification and properties of air pollutants-causes of pollution

sources-automobile pollution-hazards of air pollution- gravitational settling chambers, -cyclone

separators-scrubbers -electrostatic precipitator -bag filter-control of gaseous emission by absorption-

adsorption & combustion methods, Hazardous waste management in India- waste identification,

characterization and classification- technological options for collection, treatment and disposal of

hazardous waste - selection charts for the treatment of different hazardous wastes-methods of

collection - disposal of solid wastes-health hazards-toxic & radioactive wastes-incineration.

UNIT IV: SAFETY MANAGEMENT 10 LECTURE HOURS

Oil spill problems and management: Oil spills, impact of oil spills on flora, fauna, oil spill

management techniques. Personal protective equipment: Types of PPE, selection methods of PPE,

maintenance of PPE. Safety sign and color coding:Color coding for steam pipe, hot water, petroleum

products etc., Importance of safety signs, safety signs used in petroleum industry, TREM card.

Text Books

1. Environmental Engg. P. Venugopala Rao 2. Environmental Engineering , Gilbert Master

Reference Books 1. Chemical Process Safety Fundamental with Application , Daniel A. Crowl. 2. Industrial Safety, Health Environmental Management System: R.K. Jain, Sunil S. Rao 3. Safety & Environmental Management , Daniel E. Della – Giustina , International Thomson Publishing 4. Industrial Safety, Health Environmental Management System: R.K. Jain Sunil S. Rao, Khana Publishers 5. Chemical Process Safety Fundamental with Application, Daniel A. Crowl, Prentice Hall PTR Modes of Evaluation: Quiz/Assignment/ presentation/ extempore/ Written Examination Examination Scheme: 2 lecture classes for Internal Assessment

Components Internal Assessment

Mid Sem Exam End Sem Exam

Weightage (%) 30 20 50

Relationship between the Course Outcomes (COs) and Program Outcomes (POs)

Mapping between COs and POs

Page 153: B.Tech. APPLIED PETROLEUM ENGINEERING-UPSTREAM · 81,9(56,7< 2) 3(752/(80 (1(5*< 678',(6 362 7r ohduq ydulrxv w\shv ri guloolqj uljv dqg lwv frpsrqhqwv vxfk dv srzhu v\vwhpv ioxlg

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES

1=Weakly mapped 2= Moderately mapped 3=Strongly mapped

Course Outcomes (COs) Mapped Programme Outcomes

CO1 Evaluate Health Safety and Environmental Law in

hydrocarbon industry. PO3, PO6

CO2 Apply feasible health, safety and environmental protection measures in petroleum industry. PO6, PO7

CO3 Formulate HSE guidelines for hydrocarbon industry. PO3, PO7

CO4 Apply control methods & safety measures for preventing

hazards and risk in the oil and gas industries. PO3, PO7

CO5 Identify the treatment methods used for controlling

environmental pollution. PO3, PO6, PO7

Course

Code

Course Title

PO1

PO2

PO3

PO4

PO5

PO6

PO7

PO8

PO9

PO10

P O 11

P O 12

PS O 1

PS O 2

PS O 3

HSFS 4001

Safety Health & Environmental Management

3 3 3

Page 154: B.Tech. APPLIED PETROLEUM ENGINEERING-UPSTREAM · 81,9(56,7< 2) 3(752/(80 (1(5*< 678',(6 362 7r ohduq ydulrxv w\shv ri guloolqj uljv dqg lwv frpsrqhqwv vxfk dv srzhu v\vwhpv ioxlg

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES

COURSE OBJECTIVES

1. Main objective of course to help the students understand the basic concepts of Enhanced

Oil Recovery for incremental oil gain.

2. To enable students to understand establish a good level of confidence in different recovery

Processes, and they can use the simulator to perform a variety of numerical exercises, with

the goal for enhancing petroleum recovery while minimizing cost.

3. To empower the students with the expertise and better understanding of Enhanced Oil

Recovery Process to maximize recovery after primary and secondary recovery from mature

fields

4. To expose students to a wide variety of research areas and concerns in and around

Enhanced Oil Recovery and new techniques such as Suitable Microbial Flooding in High

Water Cut and Highly Viscous Oil Reservoir for improved Oil Recovery.

5. To expose the students with necessary engineering skills such as solving engineering

problems in a professional way, using appropriate commercial Softwares viz., Black Oil

Simulators (IMEX, WINPROP, GEM & Star- CMG & ECLIPSE-100, Eclipse -500

Schlumberger) through Demo & Exercises for data analysis and better understanding of

Numerical simulations for different Enhanced Oil Recovery Processes etc.

COURSE OUTCOMES

On completion of this course, the students will be able to

CO1. Acquire the Basic knowledge of Drive Indices for selecting proper Enhanced oil recovery in

petroleum reservoirs.

CO2. Estimate the quantity of oil or gas present in the reservoir by different methods i.e. reserve

estimation and Decline Curve.

CO3. Apply the uses of geological, well productivity, well spacing and hydro dynamical parameters

for developments of oil & gas fields.

CO4. Understand the phenomenon of various multiphase flows and transport models in Reservoir

Simulation.

CO5. Apply investment decisions in those fields where production enhancement are needed.

CO6. Acquire the Basics knowledge of Reservoir Modeling Softwares.

PEAU 4010 Enhanced Oil Recovery (Theory) L T P C

Version 1.0 3 0 0 3

Pre-requisites/Exposure Fundamental properties of Rocks and Hydrocarbons. Recovery Process of Oil &Gas.

Co-requisites --

Page 155: B.Tech. APPLIED PETROLEUM ENGINEERING-UPSTREAM · 81,9(56,7< 2) 3(752/(80 (1(5*< 678',(6 362 7r ohduq ydulrxv w\shv ri guloolqj uljv dqg lwv frpsrqhqwv vxfk dv srzhu v\vwhpv ioxlg

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES

CATALOG DESCRIPTION

The rate of replacement of the produced reserves by new discoveries has been declining steadily in

the last decades. Therefore, the increase of the recovery factors from mature fields under primary

and secondary production will be critical to meet the growing energy demand in the coming years.

Therefore, application of Enhanced Oil Recovery (EOR) technologies, which can considerably

increase recovery in already developed oil reservoirs, obviously becomes the first priority. Future

growth of EOR will depend on both technology and oil price. Long term commitments in capital and

human resources, as well as in R&D, are essential for success in. Considering the widening gap

between demand and supply of energy, EOR will continue to play a significant role in improving

recovery factors.

Technology to increase oil recovery from a porous formation beyond that obtained by conventional

means. Conventional oil recovery technologies produce an average of about one-third of the original

oil in place in a formation. Conventional technologies are primary or secondary. Primary

technologies rely on native energy, in the form of fluid and rock compressibility and natural aquifers,

to produce oil from the formation to wells. Secondary technologies supplement the native energy to

drive oil to producing wells by injecting water or low-pressure gas at injection wells. The target of

enhanced recovery technologies is that large portion of oil that is not recover by primary and

secondary means.

The computational workload required to perform reservoir simulation under different EOR processes

by using different calculations is so great that it can only be accomplished using computers.

The current course covers the Enhanced Oil Recovery, as relevant to Petroleum engineering. The

course begins with a description of different Enhanced Oil Recovery from Reservoir, Implication,

Pressure Maintenance as EOR method, Drive Index Modification. The students will learn the

fundamentals of Enhanced Oil Recovery and Improved Recovery Process. Further, being a rigorous

course on problem solving, it will acquaint students with Enhanced Oil Recovery Techniques and the

effective use of commercial Simulator and software packages to answer engineering questions for

improving the recovery with hand on practice.

Course Content UNIT I: INTRODUCTION 4 LECTURE HOURS

Enhanced Oil Recovery from Reservoir, Implication, Pressure Maintenance as EOR method, Drive

Index Modification. Reserve estimation and Decline Curve Analysis.

UNIT II: IMMISCIBLE DISPLACEMENT PROCESS 5 LECTURE HOURS

Fractional Flow and Frontal Advance Rate Equation, Water Flooding- Mechanics and Performance,

Displacement Front Monitoring, Polymer Loss In Reservoir.

UNIT III: MISCIBLE DISPLACEMENT PROCESS 5 LECTURE HOURS

Page 156: B.Tech. APPLIED PETROLEUM ENGINEERING-UPSTREAM · 81,9(56,7< 2) 3(752/(80 (1(5*< 678',(6 362 7r ohduq ydulrxv w\shv ri guloolqj uljv dqg lwv frpsrqhqwv vxfk dv srzhu v\vwhpv ioxlg

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES

High Pressure Gas and Enriched Gas Displacement Process, LPG Flooding, Alcohol Flooding, CO2

Flooding, Surfactant Flooding.

UNIT IV: THERMAL RECOVERY PROCESS 6 LECTURE HOURS

Steam Stimulation and Flooding, in situ Combustion Process, Reservoir Selection and Process

Design.

UNIT V: MICROBIAL RECOVERY TECHNIQUE 6 LECTURE HOURS

Introduction of Microbial Recovery Technique, Principles and Application and Potential, Indian

Patents in MEOR.

UNIT VI: CASE STUDIES, INVESTMENT DECISION AND IMPLEMENTATION OF EOR METHODS 6

LECTURE HOURS

Indian Field and Foreign Fields. Investment decisions for Implementation of EOR Process where

production enhancement are needed.

UNIT VII: INTRODUCTION ON DIFFERENT SOFTWARE 4 LECTURE HOURS

Overview of MBAL and Black Oil Simulators-IMEX-CMG & ECLIPSE-100 of Schlumberger (Demo &

Exercises), PETREL- RE Software (Demo & Exercises), Introduction of Special Simulators -WIN PROP,

GEM, STAR of CMG (Demo & Exercises), Introduction of Special Simulators- Eclipse-200, 300, 400,

500 of Schlumberger (Demo & Exercises)

Text Books

5. Ertekin, T, Abou-Kassem, J.H. and G.R. King, Basic Applied Reservoir Simulation, SPE Text Book Vol. 10, 2001.

6. Lake, Larry W., Enhanced Oil Recovery, Amazone, 1st Edition, June’1996.

7. Enhanced Oil Recovery Field Case Studies, J Sheng, 1st Edition, 24th May 2013, Gulf Professional Publishing.

Reference Books 1. Thakur, G.C. and Satter, A., Integrated Water flood Asset Management, Penn Well

Publication, March 1998.

2. Development of Oil and Gas Fields, Sant Kumar, Allied Printers, Dehradun, 2003.

3. Holstein, E. (Editor), Petroleum Engineering Handbook, Volume V (b), Chapt 17, Reservoir Engineering, 2007.

4. Towler, B.F., Fundamental Principles of Reservoir Engineering, Volume 8, SPE Textbook Series, USA, 2013

5. Green, Don W. and Willhite, Paul G., Enhanced oil recovery (SPE textbook series), Richardson, Texas (USA), 1998.

Modes of Evaluation: Quiz/Assignment/ presentation/ extempore/ Written Examination Examination Scheme:

Page 157: B.Tech. APPLIED PETROLEUM ENGINEERING-UPSTREAM · 81,9(56,7< 2) 3(752/(80 (1(5*< 678',(6 362 7r ohduq ydulrxv w\shv ri guloolqj uljv dqg lwv frpsrqhqwv vxfk dv srzhu v\vwhpv ioxlg

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES

Components Internal

Assessment MSE ESE

Weightage (%) 30 20 50

Relationship between the Course Outcomes (COs) and Program Outcomes (POs)

1=Weakly mapped 2= Moderately mapped 3= Strongly mapped

Mapping between COs and POs

Course Outcomes (COs) Mapped Programme Outcomes

CO1 Acquire the Basic knowledge of Drive Indices for selecting proper Enhanced oil recovery in petroleum reservoirs.

PO1, PO4, PO6, PO9,PO11,PO12, PSO1, PSO2, PSO3, PSO4

CO2 Estimate the quantity of oil or gas present in the reservoir by different methods i.e. reserve estimation and Decline Curve.

PO1, PO3, PO5, PO8, PO10, PO12, PSO1, PSO2, PSO3, PSO4

CO3 Apply the uses of geological, well productivity, well spacing and hydro dynamical parameters for developments of oil & gas fields.

PO1, PO2, PO4, PO5, PO7, PO9, PO12, PSO1, PSO2, PSO3 ,PSO4

CO4 Understand the phenomenon of various multiphase flows and transport models in Reservoir Simulation.

PO1, PO2, PO3,PO5, PO7, PO9, PO12, PSO1, PSO2, PSO3, PSO4

CO5 Apply investment decisions in those fields where production enhancement are needed.

PO1, PO2, PO3,PO4,PO5, PO6, PO8, PO10, PO11, PO12, PSO1, PSO4

CO6 Acquire the Basics knowledge of Reservoir Modeling Softwares.

PO1, PO2, PO3, PO4,PO5, PO8, PO9, PO10, PO11, PO12, PSO1, PSO2, PSO3, PSO4

Course Code Course Title

PO1

PO2

PO3

PO4

PO5

PO6

PO7

PO8

PO9

PO 10

PO 11

PO 12

PSO 1

PSO 2

PSO 3

PSO 4

PTEG 427

Enhanced Oil Recovery

3 2 2 2 3 1 1 2 2 2 2 3 3 2 2 3

Page 158: B.Tech. APPLIED PETROLEUM ENGINEERING-UPSTREAM · 81,9(56,7< 2) 3(752/(80 (1(5*< 678',(6 362 7r ohduq ydulrxv w\shv ri guloolqj uljv dqg lwv frpsrqhqwv vxfk dv srzhu v\vwhpv ioxlg

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES

COURSE OBJECTIVES

1. To enable students to understand and articulate the terminology used in asset

management and to analyze the factors influencing asset value.

2. To equip the students with necessary understanding of the need for balancing a

Company’s multiple priorities and internal & external obligations in setting objectives for

asset management and also recognize the benefits of implementing asset management

Process in a company.

3. To help students to understand and recognize the role of technology in managing assets

and the common mistakes made in asset management and its consequences.

4. To help students understand the importance of Post Auditing in asset management

process. 1.

COURSE OUTCOMES:

At the end of this course student should be able to

CO1. Understand and articulate the terminology used in asset management.

CO2. Illustrate correctly how asset management plans become an important building block in

developing short & long term plans and the budgets for a company and analyze the factors

influencing asset value.

CO3. Understand the scope of asset management and critically recognize the need for

balancing a Company’s multiple priorities, internal and external obligations in setting objectives for

asset management and also recognize the benefits of implementing asset management Process

in a company.

CO4. Recognize the role of technology in managing assets and apply major tools in managing

assets efficiently and effectively and recognize the common mistakes made in asset

management and its consequences.

CO5. Apply concept of Post Auditing for continuously improving the asset management

process.

CATALOG DESCRIPTION

Asset Management is a systematic process of deploying, operating, maintaining, upgrading, and

disposing of tangible and intangible assets cost-effectively. It will help the students to understand

CHCE 4001 Oil Field Asset Management L T P

Version 1.0 3 0 0

Pre-requisites/Exposure Basic knowledge of Mathematics,

Co-requisites Basic knowledge in Management Concepts

Page 159: B.Tech. APPLIED PETROLEUM ENGINEERING-UPSTREAM · 81,9(56,7< 2) 3(752/(80 (1(5*< 678',(6 362 7r ohduq ydulrxv w\shv ri guloolqj uljv dqg lwv frpsrqhqwv vxfk dv srzhu v\vwhpv ioxlg

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES

how can an organization reduce the capital and operating costs in the asset base, to Improve

the operating performance of their assets (reduce failure rates, increase availability, etc.) and how

to maximize intrinsic value of the asset without compromising Company or Host Government

policies or ignoring stakeholder’s concerns.

Course Content UNIT I: INTRODUCTION TO THE SUBJECT: 03 LECTURE HOURS

Common Terminology used in Asset Management; Business Plan; Portfolio Management

UNIT II: FACTORS INFLUENCING ASSET VALUE : 05 LECTURE HOURS

External Factors - Fiscal Terms; Govt.’s Policy and Regulatory Requirements; Legal Framework;

Partner’s and Stake holder’s concerns; Macro – economic factors; Internal Factors - Company

Policy; External Commitments; Budgeting Process and Budget Constraints; Decision Process and

Decision Criteria; Resources; Roles and Responsibility; Rewards

UNIT III: ASSET MANAGEMENT OBJECTIVES AND SCOPE : 04 LECTURE HOURS

Scope of Asset Management; Asset Management Objectives; Importance of Asset Management

Objectives; Why must we balance Internal and External Factors in Setting Asset Management

Objectives; Cost vs. Value Trade – off; Balancing commercial, technical, community and regulatory

needs; Balancing internal budgets and resources; Aligning rewards.

UNIT IV: ASSET MANAGEMENT PROCESS: 06 LECTURE HOURS

Background; Asset Life Cycle; Key Decisions; Decisions and Deliverables; Decision Check Points and

Decision Criteria; Work Accomplishment between Major Decisions; Who makes the Decisions;

Quality Assurance Checks; Performance Measurement

UNIT V: KEY TOOLS : 07 LECTURE HOURS

Introduction; Front End Loading (FEL); Decision Mapping; Decision and Risk Analysis (D&RA); Rule of

Compounding Optimism; Decision Criteria; Deterministic and Probabilistic – 80/20 Rule; Five Steps

Approach to D & RA

UNIT VI: ROLE OF TECHNOLOGY IN ASSET MANAGEMENT: 08 LECTURE HOURS

Introduction; Optimizing Production Cost and Other Related Services; Optimizing Production;

Minimizing Cost; Commercial Opportunities; De – Bottlenecking; Operational Efficiency

UNIT VII: COMMON MISTAKES IN ASSET MANAGEMENT: 03 LECTURE HOURS

Introduction; Ten most common mistakes in managing assets

UNIT VIII: CONTINUOUS IMPROVEMENT THROUGH POST AUDITING : 03 LECTURE HOURS

Introduction; Relationship between post auditing and company’s growth; Post auditing process;

Scope of post audits; Timing and frequency of post audit; Continuous improvement

Text Books

Page 160: B.Tech. APPLIED PETROLEUM ENGINEERING-UPSTREAM · 81,9(56,7< 2) 3(752/(80 (1(5*< 678',(6 362 7r ohduq ydulrxv w\shv ri guloolqj uljv dqg lwv frpsrqhqwv vxfk dv srzhu v\vwhpv ioxlg

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES

1. Geology of Petroleum, Lavorsen, A.I., SanFrancisco,Freeman,1967

Reference Book

1. An Introduction to Asset Management: Author Robert Davis. 2. Asset Management – Whole –life management of physical assets, Edited by Chris Lloyd,

published by Thomas Telford, London, 2010 3. Strategic Asset Management: The quest for utility excellence: Author Clive Deadman,

published by Troubador Publishing, 2010 4. International Case Studies in Asset Management Edited by Chris Lloyd, Published by ICE

Publishing, 2012 Modes of Evaluation: Quiz/Assignment/ presentation/ extempore/ Written Examination Examination Scheme:

Components Internal Assessment

MSE ESE

Weightage (%) 30 20 50

Relationship between the Course Outcomes (COs) , Program Outcomes (POs) & Program Specific Outcomes (PSOs)

Course Outcomes (COs) Mapped Programme

Outcomes

CO1 Understand and articulate the terminology used in asset management. PO10, PO11, PO12

CO2

Illustrate correctly how asset management plans become an important building block in developing short & long term plans and the budgets for a company and analyze the factors influencing asset value.

PO10, PO11,PO12

CO3

Understand the scope of asset management and critically recognize the need for balancing a Company’s multiple priorities, internal and external obligations in setting objectives for asset management and also recognize the benefits of implementing asset management Process in a company.

PO10, PO11, PO12

Page 161: B.Tech. APPLIED PETROLEUM ENGINEERING-UPSTREAM · 81,9(56,7< 2) 3(752/(80 (1(5*< 678',(6 362 7r ohduq ydulrxv w\shv ri guloolqj uljv dqg lwv frpsrqhqwv vxfk dv srzhu v\vwhpv ioxlg

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES

1=Weakly mapped 2= Moderately mapped 3=Strongly mapped

CO4

Recognize the role of technology in managing assets and apply major tools in managing assets efficiently and effectively and recognize the common mistakes made in asset management and its consequences.

PO1, PO6, PO7, PO10, PO11, PO12

CO5 Apply concept of Post Auditing for continuously improving the asset management process. .

PO6, PO8, PO9, PO10, PO11, PO12

Course Code

Course Title PO1

PO2

PO3

PO4

PO5

PO6

PO7

PO8

PO9

PO10

P O 11

P O 12

PS O 1

PS O 2

PS O 3

GSEG 411

Asset Management

1 2 1 1 3 3 3 3

Page 162: B.Tech. APPLIED PETROLEUM ENGINEERING-UPSTREAM · 81,9(56,7< 2) 3(752/(80 (1(5*< 678',(6 362 7r ohduq ydulrxv w\shv ri guloolqj uljv dqg lwv frpsrqhqwv vxfk dv srzhu v\vwhpv ioxlg

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES

COURSE OBJECTIVES

1. To make the student competent in Designing Production Logging Jobs for a well or a group

of wells in a Reservoir

2. Have knowledge of latest technologies and techniques used in this field

3. Understand the Physics and Science behind Production Logging Tool responses, their

applications and limitations

4. To be familiar with common problems faced in the field, their typical signatures on

Production logs and how to diagnose them

COURSE OUTCOMES

On completion of this course, the students will be able to

CO1. Use the Tools of Planning a Production Logging Job and develop a Sample Plan

CO2. Familiar with latest variety of sensors, the advantages and limitations

CO3. Do Manual Interpretation of Flow rates for a Two Phase or Three Phase flow

CO4. Recommend advanced technologies like Pulse Neutron where applicable

CO5. Diagnose common well problems or Reservoir problems from Log data

CATALOG DESCRIPTION

Production Logging is done in a well to confirm the fluid flow rates and fluid composition and fluid

contribution of each zone in a producing well at downhole conditions and then comparing the

results with Fluids collected at Surface Conditions. A Production Log combines the outputs of

several sensors which are providing simultaneous and continuous measurements of either the down

hole static or dynamic well conditions. A Production Log is usually recorded with the tool moving in

both an up and a down direction. Measurements can also be made versus time with the tool

stationary. In a Producing well the down logs would be the most relevant. Production Logging job

needs to be planned in advance, correct selection and configuration of relevant tools is essential,

data needs to be recorded with high quality assurance as several important future decisions of the

Reservoir Management may depend on the interpretation of the Production Log Data

Course Content UNIT I: DOWNHOLE ENVIRONMENT: 6 LECTURE HOURS

PEAU 4004 Production Logging L T P C

Version 1.0 3 0 0 3

Pre-requisites/Exposure Well Logging

Co-requisites

Page 163: B.Tech. APPLIED PETROLEUM ENGINEERING-UPSTREAM · 81,9(56,7< 2) 3(752/(80 (1(5*< 678',(6 362 7r ohduq ydulrxv w\shv ri guloolqj uljv dqg lwv frpsrqhqwv vxfk dv srzhu v\vwhpv ioxlg

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES

Single Phase, Dual Phase Oil-Water, Gas-Liquid, Flow regimes, Basic PVT for Production Logging,

PVT of water, PVT of Gas, PVT of Oil, PVT of Gas Condensate

UNIT II: FLUID MOVEMENT: 4 LECTURE HOURS

Temperature Surveys, Noise Logging, Radio-Active Tracer survey, Oxygen Activation, Bulk Flow rate

measurements using Spinners.

UNIT III: FLUID MOVEMENT: 4 LECTURE HOURS

Fluid Identification and Multiphase Flow; Fluid Identification devices, Phase Holdup, Slip and Flow

rates, Two phase and Three phase flow

UNIT IV: 8 LECTURE HOURS

Standard Production Logging Tools for Vertical wells. Applications and Interpretation procedures.

UNIT V: ADVANCED TOOLS PIGGY BACKED WITH PRODUCTION LOGGING TOOLS: 3 LECTURE HOURS

Pulsed Neutron Tools and Reservoir Monitoring Applications … using Carbon/Oxygen logging,

Capture Logging, Oxygen Activation Logging

UNIT VI: PRODUCTION LOGGING INTERPRETATION SOFTWARE: 3 LECTURE HOURS

Kappa Emeraude basics

UNIT VII: CASE STUDIES: 2 LECTURE HOURS

Several different examples of high lighting different scenarios and applications

UNIT VIII: PRODUCTION LOGGING IN HORIZONTAL WELLS: 4 LECTURE HOURS

Conveyance systems, Tractors, E-Coil, Array Tools for Spinner, Resistivity, Capacitance, Gas Hold Up,

Log response in Horizontal wells and Interpretation techniques

Text Books

22. Cased Hole and Production Log Evaluation: Jim Smolen, PennWell 23. Fundamentals of Production Logging: Colin Whittaker, Schlumberger Publications 24. Production Logging Analysis, Halliburton publication

Reference Books

8. GE Sondex Production Logging Tool brochures 9. Halliburton Special Production Logging Tool brochures 10. Schlumberger Cased Hole Log Interpretation Principles / Applications

Modes of Evaluation: Quiz/Assignment/ presentation/ extempore/ Written Examination Examination Scheme:

Components Internal Assessment

MSE ESE

Weightage (%) 30 20 50

Page 164: B.Tech. APPLIED PETROLEUM ENGINEERING-UPSTREAM · 81,9(56,7< 2) 3(752/(80 (1(5*< 678',(6 362 7r ohduq ydulrxv w\shv ri guloolqj uljv dqg lwv frpsrqhqwv vxfk dv srzhu v\vwhpv ioxlg

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES

Relationship between the Course Outcomes (COs) and Program Outcomes (POs)

1=Weakly mapped 2= Moderately mapped 3=Strongly mapped

Mapping between COs and POs

Course Outcomes (COs) Mapped Programme

Outcomes

CO1 Use the Tools of Planning a Production Logging Job and develop a Sample Plan

PO1, PO2, PO3, PSO1, PSO2, PSO3, PSO4

CO2 Familiar with latest variety of sensors, the advantages and limitations

PO1, PO2, PO3, PO9, PSO1, PSO2, PSO3, PSO4

CO3 Do Manual Interpretation of Flow rates for a Two Phase or Three Phase flow

PO1, PO2, PO3, PO9, PSO1, PSO2, PSO3, PSO4

CO4 Recommend advanced technologies like Pulse Neutron where applicable

PO1, PO2, PO3, PO9, PSO3, PSO4

CO5 Diagnose common well problems or Reservoir problems from Log data

PO1, PO2, PO3, PO9, PSO3, PSO4

Course Code

Course Title

PO1

PO2

PO3

PO4

PO5

PO6

PO7

PO8

PO9

PO10

P O 11

P O 12

PS O 1

PS O 2

PS O 3

PSO 4

PEAU 4004

Production Logging

3 3 3 2 2 1 1 2 1 1 3 3

Page 165: B.Tech. APPLIED PETROLEUM ENGINEERING-UPSTREAM · 81,9(56,7< 2) 3(752/(80 (1(5*< 678',(6 362 7r ohduq ydulrxv w\shv ri guloolqj uljv dqg lwv frpsrqhqwv vxfk dv srzhu v\vwhpv ioxlg

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES

COURSE OBJECTIVES

1. To help students identify the major components of liquefied natural gas (LNG) liquefaction

plant.

2. To enable students analyze the constructional features of LNG storage tanks and carriers.

3. To make students identify the features of LNG receiving terminal

4. To enable students understand design vaporizers used in LNG regasification.

5. To make students aware of storage of natural gas.

COURSE OUTCOMES

On completion of this course, the students will be able to

1. Identify the major components of LNG liquefaction plant.

2. Analyze the constructional features of LNG storage tanks and carriers.

3. Identify the features of LNG receiving terminal.

4. Design vaporizers used in LNG regasification.

5. Analyze the types of natural gas storage.

CATALOG DESCRIPTION

This subject covers LNG liquefaction technologies being used worldwide along with related

fundamentals of thermodynamics. It also covers features of LNG storage tanks being used for its

transportation and storage. Regasification of LNG with respect to facilities required and operational

details are also covered. Natural gas storage types have been covered at the end.

Course Content UNIT I-LIQUEFACTION TRAIN 9 LECTURE HOURS

Introduction, drivers, safety, properties & health hazards, industry standards & regulatory

compliance for LNG safety. LNG value chain, Liquefaction Systems - Feed gas preparation

technology. LNG plant capacity & commercial technologies. Advantages & Limitations of

technologies, Selection of appropriate technology, Major components of LNG liquefaction plant.

Design and Operational characteristic of Liquefaction Train. Thermodynamics of Gas Liquefaction &

Heat Transfer Process.

CHGS 4001 LNG & Storage of Natural Gas L T P C

Version 1.0 4 0 0 4 Pre-requisites/Exposure Knowledge of thermodynamics, heat transfer, natural gas

engineering and processing.

Co-requisites --

Page 166: B.Tech. APPLIED PETROLEUM ENGINEERING-UPSTREAM · 81,9(56,7< 2) 3(752/(80 (1(5*< 678',(6 362 7r ohduq ydulrxv w\shv ri guloolqj uljv dqg lwv frpsrqhqwv vxfk dv srzhu v\vwhpv ioxlg

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES

UNIT II-LNG STORAGE & TRANSPORTATION 9 LECTURE HOURS

LNG storage tanks. Single containment tanks. Double containment tanks. Storage volume, LNG

Tankers. LNG Tankers.

UNIT III-LNG RECEIVING TERMINALS & TRADE 9 LECTURE HOURS

Port Facilities. LNG Terminals. SPA features, shipping terms. Sourcing and Economics. Sales &

purchase agreement, LNG Trade.

UNIT IV-LNG REGASIFICATION & COLD UTILIZATION 9 LECTURE HOURS

Processes for LNG Regasification. Processes for LNG Regasification. LNG Cold Utilization.

Synchronization of Regasified LNG & Pipe Lines.

UNIT V-NATURAL GAS STORAGE 9 LECTURE HOURS

Line Pack, Underground Natural Gas Storage, Aquifers, Man made caverns

Text Books 1. Negi B.S., “LNG-An Indian Scenario”, Technology Publications, 2008. 2. Rojey A. & Jaffret C., “Natural Gas-Production, Processing, Transport”, Editions Technip-Paris, 1997. Reference Books 1.Saeid. Mokhatab, William A. Poe & James G. Speight, “Handbook of Natural Gas Transmission and Processing”, Gulf Professional Publishing, 2006. 2.G. G. Nasr & N. E. Connor, “Natural Gas Engineering and Safety Challenges”, Springer, 2014. Modes of Evaluation: Quiz/Assignment/ presentation/ extempore/ Written Examination Examination Scheme:

Components MSE Presentation/Assignment/ etc ESE Weightage (%) 20 30 50

Relationship between the Course Outcomes (COs) and Program Outcomes (POs)

Mapping between COs and POs

Course Outcomes (COs) Mapped

Programme Outcomes

CO1 Identify the major components of LNG liquefaction plant. PO1

CO2 Analyze the constructional features of LNG storage tanks and carriers.

PO1, PO2,

CO3 Identify the features of LNG receiving terminal.

PO1, PO2,

CO4 Design vaporizers used in LNG regasification. PO1, PO2,

Page 167: B.Tech. APPLIED PETROLEUM ENGINEERING-UPSTREAM · 81,9(56,7< 2) 3(752/(80 (1(5*< 678',(6 362 7r ohduq ydulrxv w\shv ri guloolqj uljv dqg lwv frpsrqhqwv vxfk dv srzhu v\vwhpv ioxlg

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES

Eng

inee

ring

Kno

wle

dge

Pro

blem

ana

lysi

s

Des

ign/

deve

lopm

ent o

f so

luti

ons

Con

duct

inve

stig

atio

ns o

f co

mpl

ex

prob

lem

s M

oder

n to

ol u

sage

The

eng

inee

r an

d so

ciet

y

Env

iron

men

t and

sus

tain

abil

ity

Eth

ics

Indi

vidu

al o

r te

am w

ork

Com

mun

icat

ion

Pro

ject

man

agem

ent a

nd f

inan

ce

Lif

e-lo

ng L

earn

ing

Course

Code

Course

Title

PO1

PO2

PO3

PO4

PO5

PO6

PO7

PO8

PO9

PO10

PO11

PO12

PSO1

PSO2

CHGS

4001

LNG & Storage of Natural Gas

3 3 3 2

3

3

1=weakly mapped 2= moderately mapped 3=strongly mapped

PO3

CO5 Analyze the types of natural gas storage. .

PO1, PO2,

Page 168: B.Tech. APPLIED PETROLEUM ENGINEERING-UPSTREAM · 81,9(56,7< 2) 3(752/(80 (1(5*< 678',(6 362 7r ohduq ydulrxv w\shv ri guloolqj uljv dqg lwv frpsrqhqwv vxfk dv srzhu v\vwhpv ioxlg

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES

Model Question Paper

Name:

Enrolment No:

Course: CHGS 4001 – LNG & Storage of Natural Gas Programme: B.Tech. APE (Gas Engg) Semester: VII Time: 03 hrs Max. Marks:100 Instructions: 1] Attempt all questions from Section A (each carrying 5 marks); all questions from Section B (each carrying 15 marks); any one from Section C (each carrying 20 marks). 2] Assume suitable data, if necessary.

Section A ( attempt all questions)

1. Enlist the drivers for the use of LNG. [5] CO1 2. What is the significance of LNG codes and standards? [5] CO1 3. Give the classification of LNG storage tanks. [5] CO2 4. A natural gas pipeline is 10 mi long and has an inlet pressure of 1000 psig

and outlet pressure of 900 psig when transporting 100 MMSCFD. The base pressure and base temperature are 14.7 psia and 60°F, respectively. If the pipe is NPS 16, 0.250 in. wall thickness, calculate the line pack assuming an average gas temperature of 78°F. Use an average compressibility factor of 0.90.

[5] CO5

SECTION B ( attempt all questions)

5. What marine facilities are required for LNG receiving terminal? Explain in detail

[15]

CO3

6. Describe LNG pricing conceptualization with respect to pricing formula, straight line approach and ceiling and floor approach. Figures are necessary

[15] CO3

7. Draw well labelled sketches for each of the following LNG vaporizers:

a) Open rack vaporizer b) Submerged combustion vaporizer c) Glycol-water intermediate fluid vaporizer

[15] CO4

8. Open rack vaporizer is being used for regasification of LNG entering at -161.50C to RLNG leaving at 00C. Sea water is being used as heating medium entering at 300C and leaving at 50C. Overall heat transfer

[15] CO4

Page 169: B.Tech. APPLIED PETROLEUM ENGINEERING-UPSTREAM · 81,9(56,7< 2) 3(752/(80 (1(5*< 678',(6 362 7r ohduq ydulrxv w\shv ri guloolqj uljv dqg lwv frpsrqhqwv vxfk dv srzhu v\vwhpv ioxlg

UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM & ENERGY STUDIES

coefficient based on outer tube surface is 50000 W/m2 0C. Calculate surface area and total number of tubes required for the same vaporizer if tube length is 8 m.

Data for Q.8

• Tube OD = 20 mm • Type of flow = countercurrent • LMTD correction factor = 1 • Flow rate of sea water = 24000 m3/hr • Density of sea water = 1.03 g/ml • Specific heat of sea water = 3850 J/(kg 0C)

SECTION C (attempt any one question) 9. Describe with flow diagram, Black & Veatch-Pritchard PRICO process for

LNG production. Also give its advantages and areas of concern. [20] CO1

10. Describe with diagrams, ‘Storage of Natural gas in aquifers’. [20] CO5